10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Commission File No. 1-5998

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	36-2668272
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036-2774

(Address of principal executive offices; Zip Code)

(212) 345-5000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share	New York Stock Exchange
	Chicago Stock Exchange
	London Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x. No ¨.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨. No x.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x. No ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x. No¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one).

Large accelerated filer  x	Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer  ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨. No x.

As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $12,195,379,683, computed by reference to the closing price of such stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2010.

As of February 18, 2011, there were outstanding 544,088,185 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.’s Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2011 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

INFORMATION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which express management’s current views concerning future events or results, use words like “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” “project” and similar terms, and future or conditional tense verbs like “could,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “will” and “would.” For example, we may use forward-looking statements when addressing topics such as: the outcome of contingencies; market and industry conditions; changes in our business strategies and methods of generating revenue; the development and performance of our services and products; changes in the composition or level of our revenues; our cost structure and the outcome of cost-saving or restructuring initiatives; dividend policy; the expected impact of acquisitions and dispositions; pension obligations; cash flow and liquidity; future actions by regulators; and the impact of changes in accounting rules.

Forward-looking statements are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements include, among other things:

Ÿ our exposure to potential liabilities arising from errors and omissions claims against us, particularly in our Marsh and Mercer businesses;

Ÿ our ability to make strategic acquisitions and dispositions and to integrate, and realize expected synergies, savings or strategic benefits from, the businesses we acquire;

Ÿ changes in the funded status of our global defined benefit pension plans and the impact of any increased pension funding resulting from those changes;

Ÿ the potential impact of rating agency actions on our cost of financing and ability to borrow, as well as on our operating costs and competitive position;

Ÿ our exposure to potential criminal sanctions or civil remedies if we fail to comply with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that are applicable to our international operations, including import and export requirements, anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the pending anti-bribery law in the UK, local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, as well as various trade sanctions laws;

Ÿ the impact on our net income caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

Ÿ the extent to which we retain existing clients and attract new business, and our ability to incentivize and retain key employees;

Ÿ the impact of competition, including with respect to pricing;

Ÿ the impact of any regional, national or global political, economic, regulatory or market conditions on our results of operations and financial condition;

Ÿ our ability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem;

Ÿ changes in applicable tax or accounting requirements; and

Ÿ potential income statement effects from the application of FASB’s ASC Topic No. 740 (“Income Taxes”) regarding accounting treatment of uncertain tax benefits and valuation allowances and ASC Topic No. 350 (“Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”), including the effect of any subsequent adjustments to the estimates we use in applying these accounting standards.

The factors identified above are not exhaustive. Marsh & McLennan Companies and its subsidiaries operate in a dynamic business environment in which new risks may emerge frequently. Accordingly, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on the above forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates on which they are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date on which

i

it is made. Further information concerning the Company and its businesses, including information about factors that could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition, is contained in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the “Risk Factors” section in Part I, Item 1A of this report.

ii

Table of Contents

Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements		i
PART I
Item 1 —	Business	1
Item 1A —	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B —	Unresolved Staff Comments	22
Item 2 —	Properties	23
Item 3 —	Legal Proceedings	23
PART II
Item 5 —	Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	24
Item 6 —	Selected Financial Data	25
Item 7 —	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	26
Item 7A —	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8 —	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9 —	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	97
Item 9A —	Controls and Procedures	97
Item 9B —	Other Information	99
PART III
Item 10 —	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	100
Item 11 —	Executive Compensation	100
Item 12 —	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	100
Item 13 —	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	100
Item 14 —	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	100
PART IV
Item 15 —	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	101
Signatures

iii

MARSH & McLENNAN COMPANIES, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

PART I

ITEM 1.      BUSINESS.

References in this report to “we”, “us” and “our” are to Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) and one or more of its subsidiaries, as the context requires.

GENERAL

The Company is a global professional services firm providing advice and solutions in the areas of risk, strategy and human capital. It is the parent company of a number of the world’s leading risk experts and specialty consultants, including: Marsh, the insurance broker, intermediary and risk advisor; Guy Carpenter, the risk and reinsurance specialist; Mercer, the provider of HR and related financial advice and services; and Oliver Wyman Group, the management and economic consultancy. With approximately 51,000 employees worldwide and annual revenue exceeding $10 billion, the Company provides analysis, advice and transactional capabilities to clients in more than 100 countries.

The Company conducts business through two operating segments:

Ÿ Risk and Insurance Services includes risk management activities (risk advice, risk transfer and risk control and mitigation solutions) as well as insurance and reinsurance broking and services. We conduct business in this segment through Marsh and Guy Carpenter.

Ÿ Consulting includes human resource consulting and related outsourcing and investment services, and specialized management and economic consulting services. We conduct business in this segment through Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group.

On August 3, 2010, the Company completed the sale of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Kroll Inc. (“Kroll”) pursuant to a definitive Stock Purchase Agreement with Altegrity, Inc., a portfolio company of Providence Equity Partners. Kroll previously constituted the Company’s Risk Consulting and Technology segment.

We describe our current operating segments in further detail below. We provide financial information about our segments in our consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this report.

OUR BUSINESSES

RISK AND INSURANCE SERVICES

The Risk and Insurance Services segment generated approximately 54% of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010 and employs approximately 27,000 colleagues worldwide. The Company conducts business in this segment through Marsh and Guy Carpenter.

MARSH

Marsh is a world leader in delivering risk and insurance services and solutions to its clients. From its founding in 1871 to the present day, Marsh has provided thought leadership and innovation for clients and the insurance industry—introducing and promoting the concept and practice of client representation through brokerage, the discipline of risk management, the globalization of insurance and risk management services and many other innovative tools and service platforms.

1

Marsh generated approximately 45% of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010. Nearly 25,000 Marsh colleagues provide risk management, risk consulting, insurance broking, alternative risk financing, and insurance program management services to a wide range of businesses, government entities and professional service organizations around the world in more than 100 countries.

Marsh’s clients vary by size, industry, geography and risk exposures. Marsh is organized to serve clients efficiently and effectively, delivering tailored solutions based on complexity of the risk and global footprint, and matched to clients’ buying styles.

Insurance Broking and Risk Consulting

In its main insurance broking and risk consulting business, Marsh employs a team approach to address clients’ risk management and insurance needs. Each client relationship is coordinated by a client executive who draws from the many industry and risk specialties within Marsh to assemble the resources needed to analyze, measure and assist a client in managing its various risks. Product and service offerings include program design and placement, post-placement program support and administration, claims advocacy, and a wide array of risk analysis and risk management consulting services. Within Marsh, there are several significant specialties or businesses in addition to our brokerage operations that serve as an important part of the overall capabilities we offer clients. These include Multinational Client Service, Marsh Risk Consulting, Risk, Specialty and Industry Practices, Bowring Marsh, Consumer Operations, Marsh & McLennan Agency, Captive Solutions, Schinnerer Group and Marsh Client Technologies.

Multinational Client Service

Multinational Client Service (MCS) is solely focused on delivering service excellence and insurance solutions to multinational clients, irrespective of their size. MCS provides risk management programs with a service platform that comprises a combination of proprietary tools and technology and specialized resources. MCS provides global expertise and an intimate knowledge of local markets, helping clients navigate local regulatory and legal environments and address the worldwide risk issues that confront them.

Marsh Risk Consulting

Marsh Risk Consulting (MRC) is a global organization comprised of consulting specialists dedicated to providing clients with advice and solutions across a comprehensive range of insurable and non-insurable risk issues, such as restructuring, product safety, patient safety, business interruption, supply chain, governance, workforce, and reputation. MRC helps clients identify exposures, assess critical business functions and evaluate existing risk treatment practices and strategies. MRC provides client services in five main areas of exposure:

Ÿ Business/Enterprise Risk:  provides risk modeling and assessments, enterprise risk management, risk management optimization and reputational risk and crisis management.

Ÿ Claims and Litigation Support:  provides support and solutions to clients to assist in managing claim portfolios and resolving insured and uninsured losses and disputes of all kinds, as well as calculating losses and asset valuations.

Ÿ Operational Risk Management:  provides an integrated approach to managing and optimizing the impact of operational risks such as those associated with property (including natural hazards), supply chain, business continuity,  and products (including recalls).

Ÿ Human Capital:  assists in protecting the quality of clients’ operational processes and the health and safety of their employees, focusing on issues such as absenteeism, safety and ergonomic programs and employment practices.

Ÿ Risk Technologies:  provides services to help clients manage, collect, analyze and report on the data and workflow associated with risk, insurance, claims and legal matters within their organizations.

2

Risk, Specialty and Industry Practices

In further support of its clients’ strategic, operational and risk management objectives, Marsh provides consultative advice, brokerage and claims advocacy services through dedicated global Risk, Specialty and Industry Practices in the areas listed below. For both large and mid-size organizations, Practice colleagues apply their experience and working knowledge of clients’ industry sectors, and of the unique environments in which they operate, to facilitate the requisite breadth of coverage and to reduce cost of risk.

Risk & Specialty Practices	Industry Practices
ŸAviation & Aerospace	ŸAgriculture & Fisheries
ŸCaptive Solutions	ŸAutomotive
ŸCasualty	ŸChemicals
ŸClaims	ŸCommunications, Media and Technology
ŸEnergy	ŸConstruction
ŸEnvironmental	ŸEducation
ŸFinancial and Professional (FINPRO)	ŸFinancial Institutions
ŸInfrastructure	ŸFisheries
ŸMarsh Risk Consulting (MRC)	ŸForestry & Integrated Wood Products
ŸMarine	ŸHealthcare
ŸPolitical Risk / Trade Credit	ŸHospitality & Gaming
ŸPrivate Equity and Mergers & Acquisitions	ŸLife Sciences
ŸProduct Recall	ŸManufacturing
ŸProperty	ŸMining, Metals & Minerals
ŸSurety	ŸPower & Utilities
	ŸProject Risk
	ŸPublic Entities
	ŸReal Estate
	ŸRetail / Wholesale
	ŸSports, Entertainment & Events
	ŸTransportation

Bowring Marsh

Bowring Marsh was established in 2008 to respond to clients’ growing needs and marketplace opportunity, specializing as an international placement broker for property (including terrorism) and casualty risks. Bowring Marsh utilizes placement expertise in major international insurance market hubs (including Bermuda, Brazil, Dublin, London, Miami, Singapore, Tokyo and Zurich) and an integrated global network to secure advantageous terms and conditions for its clients throughout the world.

Consumer Operations—Affinity/Program & Private Client

In addition to its main risk management and broking practices described above, Marsh operates a “Consumer” business in each geographic region that focuses on either or both of program marketing

3

and administration opportunities and high net worth individual insurance sales. The Affinity/Program businesses sell and administer insurance products and services on a program basis, typically working with a sponsoring organization client to leverage the affinity relationship that client has with its constituencies (e.g., employees, members, franchisees, or customers, as the case may be). These programs typically include group life & health coverage, professional liability coverage, personal property and liability coverage including automobile and homeowners’ insurance, business owner protection, annuities, and variable security-related products. Marsh Consumer’s sales and servicing activities regarding high net worth individuals are largely U.S.-focused and operate under the names “Private Client Services” (for property & casualty insurance products), and “Private Client Life Insurance Solutions” or “Private Client Solutions” (for life & health insurance-focused activities).

More specifically, areas of the Consumer business include:

Ÿ Affinity Program Solutions:  markets and administers standardized and customized insurance programs, selling and servicing group/master and individual policies for many life & health and property & casualty lines of insurance business as well as certain other non-insurance products and services. Clients generally include associations, employers, unions, fraternal organizations, franchisors, and other consumer-focused “brand” companies, including large multinational financial institutions and automobile manufacturers. This business also offers key-person and executive benefit programs to organizations.

Ÿ Private Client Solutions:  offers high-net-worth individuals, families and their advisors a single source solution to manage their complete spectrum of risk, uphold their current quality of life and protect and preserve their wealth, current income and legacy.

Ÿ Business Process Outsourcing Solutions:  provides comprehensive, “private label” and/or outsourced back-office billing, operational and marketing support services to leading insurers, financial institutions and other service businesses.

Marsh & McLennan Agency

In October 2008, Marsh established the Marsh & McLennan Agency (MMA) to be one of the premier insurance agencies in the United States, meeting the needs of mid-sized businesses across the country. MMA’s services are targeted to customers who seek professional advice on program structure, market knowledge, experience and expertise in their industry, competitive prices, and local resources and service professionals. MMA offers commercial property and casualty, personal lines, employee benefits and life insurance / estate planning to clients through a dedicated sales and service force in retail locations, operating independently from Marsh’s other insurance broking operations.

Captive Solutions

Operating in 33 captive domiciles, along with consulting expertise residing in Marsh brokerage offices worldwide, the Captive Solutions Practice serves approximately 1,277 captive facilities, including single-parent captives, reinsurance pools, risk retention groups and others. The Practice includes the Captive Advisory group—a consulting arm that performs captive feasibility studies and helps to structure and implement captive solutions and Captive Management— an industry leader in managing captive facilities and in providing administrative, consultative and insurance-related services.

Schinnerer Group

As one of the largest underwriting managers of professional liability and specialty insurance programs in the United States, Victor O. Schinnerer provides risk management and insurance solutions to clients through licensed brokers.

This group includes ENCON Group Inc., a leading managing general agent in Canada. ENCON offers professional liability and construction insurance, as well as group and retiree benefits programs for individuals, professionals, organizations and businesses, through a national network of licensed insurance brokers and plan advisors.

4

Marsh Client Technologies

Marsh Client Technologies comprises MarshConnect, Marsh’s global client technology interface, and CS STARS, a leading provider of risk and claims management systems and related data services.

MarshConnect is a shared platform that delivers two sets of functions: Risk and Insurance Databases and Client Servicing Applications. Proprietary databases provide a broad range of risk and insurance market intelligence, research tools and interactive utilities. Additionally, MarshConnect offers real-time access to critical risk and insurance information relevant to a client’s operations and risk profile. The platform enables teams to share information, collaborate and transact business online, increasing operational efficiency for Risk Management departments.

CS STARS serves the technology needs of risk management professionals, as well as insurance carriers and third-party administrators, through integrated software and services that support risk management, claims administration, compliance management, and data management.

GUY CARPENTER

Guy Carpenter generated approximately 9% of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010. Over 2,000 Guy Carpenter professionals create and execute reinsurance and risk management solutions for clients worldwide, by providing risk assessment analytics, actuarial services, highly specialized product knowledge and trading relationships with reinsurance markets. Client services also include contract and claims management and fiduciary accounting.

Acting as a broker or intermediary on all classes of reinsurance, Guy Carpenter places two main types of property and casualty reinsurance: treaty reinsurance, which involves the transfer of a portfolio of risks; and facultative reinsurance, which entails the transfer of part or all of the coverage provided by a single insurance policy.

Guy Carpenter also provides reinsurance services in a broad range of specialty practice areas, including: agriculture; alternative risk transfer (such as group-based captives and insurance pools); aviation & aerospace; casualty clash (losses involving multiple policies or insureds); construction and engineering; credit, bond & political risk; excess & umbrella; general casualty; life, accident & health; marine and energy; medical professional liability; professional liability; program manager solutions; property; retrocessional reinsurance (reinsurance between reinsurers); surety (reinsurance of surety bonds and other financial guarantees); terror risk and workers compensation.

Guy Carpenter also offers clients alternatives to traditional reinsurance, including industry loss warranties and, through its affiliates, capital markets alternatives such as transferring catastrophe risk through the issuance of risk-linked securities. GC Securities, the Guy Carpenter division of MMC Securities Corp., offers corporate finance solutions, including mergers & acquisitions and private debt and equity capital raising, and capital markets-based risk transfer solutions that complement Guy Carpenter’s strong industry relationships, analytical capabilities and reinsurance expertise.

In addition, Guy Carpenter provides its clients with numerous reinsurance-related services, such as actuarial, enterprise risk management, financial and regulatory consulting, portfolio analysis and advice on the efficient use of capital. Guy Carpenter’s GC Analytics™ unit serves as a local resource that helps clients better understand and quantify the uncertainties inherent in their businesses. Working in close partnership with Guy Carpenter account executives, GC Analytics specialists can help support clients’ critical decisions in numerous areas, including reinsurance utilization, catastrophe exposure portfolio management, new product/market development, rating agency, regulatory and account impacts, loss reserve risk, capital adequacy and return on capital.

Compensation for Services in Risk and Insurance Services

Marsh and Guy Carpenter are compensated for brokerage and consulting services primarily through fees and commissions. Commission rates vary in amount depending upon the type of insurance or reinsurance coverage provided, the particular insurer or reinsurer selected, the capacity in which the broker acts and negotiations with clients. Marsh and Guy Carpenter receive interest income on certain funds (such as premiums and claims proceeds) held in a fiduciary capacity for others.

5

For a more detailed discussion of revenue sources and factors affecting revenue in our Risk and Insurance Services segment, see Part II, Item 7 (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”) of this report.

CONSULTING

The Company’s consulting segment generated approximately 46% of total operating segment revenue in 2010 and employs approximately 23,000 colleagues worldwide. The Company conducts business in this segment through Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group.

MERCER

With nearly 20,000 professionals active in 41 countries, Mercer is a leading global provider of human resource consulting and related outsourcing and investment services. Clients include a majority of the companies in the Fortune 1000 and FTSE 100, as well as medium- and small-market organizations. Mercer generated approximately 33% of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010.

Mercer operates in the following areas:

Retirement, Risk & Finance Consulting.  Mercer provides a wide range of strategic and compliance-related retirement services and solutions to corporate, governmental and institutional clients. Mercer assists clients worldwide in the design, governance and risk management of defined benefit, defined contribution and hybrid retirement plans. Mercer’s financial approach to retirement services enables clients to consider the benefits, accounting, funding and investment aspects of plan design and management in the context of business objectives and governance requirements.

Health & Benefits.  In its health & benefits business, Mercer assists public and private sector employers in the design, management and administration of employee health care programs; compliance with local benefits-related regulations; and the establishment of health and welfare benefits coverage for employees. Mercer provides advice and solutions to employers on: total health management strategies; global health brokerage solutions; vendor performance and audit; life and disability management; and measurement of healthcare provider performance. These services are provided through traditional consulting as well as commission-based brokerage services in connection with the selection of insurance companies and healthcare providers.

Rewards, Talent & Communications.  Mercer’s rewards, talent and communications businesses advise organizations on the engagement, management and rewarding of employees; the design of executive remuneration programs; and improvement of human resource (HR) effectiveness.

Through proprietary survey data and decision support tools, Mercer’s information products solutions business provides clients with human capital information and analytical capabilities to improve strategic human capital decision making.

Mercer’s communication business helps clients to plan and implement HR programs and other organizational changes in order to maximize employee engagement, drive desired employee behaviors and achieve improvements in business performance.

Outsourcing.  Through its outsourcing business, Mercer provides benefits administration services to clients globally. By delivering services across benefit domains and international borders, Mercer helps clients more efficiently manage their employee benefits programs. Mercer’s outsourcing business offers total benefits outsourcing, including administration and delivery for wealth, health and flexible benefits; total retirement outsourcing, including administration and delivery for retirement benefits; and stand-alone services for defined benefit administration, defined contribution administration, health benefits administration and flexible benefits programs.

Investment Consulting & Management.  Mercer provides investment consulting services to the fiduciaries of pension funds, foundations, endowments and other investors in more than 35 countries. Mercer advises clients and provides outsourced decision-making services covering all stages of the institutional investment process, from strategy, structure and implementation to ongoing portfolio management.

6

Mercer’s investment management business provides multi-manager investment solutions, primarily for retirement plan assets, to institutional investors (such as retirement plan sponsors and trustees), and to individual investors (primarily through the inclusion of funds managed by Mercer on affiliated and third party defined contribution and financial advice platforms). These solutions include “one-stop” investment advisory and asset management solutions for plan sponsors, bundled services for frozen defined benefit plans utilizing our expertise in liability-driven investment and actuarial techniques, and personal wealth solutions. The investment management business offers a diverse range of investment options to meet a full spectrum of risk/return preferences and manages investment vehicles across a range of investment strategies in four geographic regions (US, Canada, Europe and Australia/New Zealand). As of December 31, 2010, Mercer’s investment management business had assets under management and assets under advisory of $39.6 billion worldwide.

OLIVER WYMAN GROUP

With approximately 3,400 professionals based in 25 countries, Oliver Wyman Group delivers advisory services to clients through three operating units, each of which is a leader in its field: Oliver Wyman; Lippincott; and NERA Economic Consulting. Oliver Wyman Group generated approximately 13% of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010.

Oliver Wyman is a leading global management consulting firm. Oliver Wyman’s consultants specialize by industry and functional area, allowing clients to benefit from both deep sector knowledge and specialized expertise in strategy, operations, risk management, organizational transformation, and leadership development. Industry groups include:

Ÿ Automotive;

Ÿ Aviation, Aerospace and Defense;

Ÿ Communications, Media and Technology;

Ÿ Energy;

Ÿ Financial services, including corporate and institutional banking, insurance, and retail and business banking;

Ÿ Industrial products and services;

Ÿ Health and life sciences;

Ÿ Retail and consumer products; and

Ÿ Surface transportation.

Oliver Wyman overlays its industry knowledge with expertise in the following functional specializations:

Ÿ Business Transformation.  Oliver Wyman advises clients who face major strategic discontinuities and risks on business model transformation.

Ÿ Delta.  The Delta business provides consulting services and customized programs to help CEOs and other senior corporate leaders improve their individual and organizational capabilities. Services include organizational design and transformation; enterprise leadership and board effectiveness.

Ÿ Finance and Risk.  Oliver Wyman works with CFOs and other senior finance and risk management executives of leading corporations and financial institutions to help them meet the challenges presented by their evolving roles and the needs of their organizations. Key areas of focus include risk, capital and performance measurement; performance and value-based management; and risk governance amid regulatory changes. Oliver Wyman also offers actuarial consulting services to public and private enterprises, self-insured group organizations, insurance companies, government entities, insurance regulatory agencies and other organizations.

Ÿ Leadership Development.  The Leadership Development business provides customized solutions for clients to develop leadership capability across all levels of their organization in order to

7

accelerate the development of leadership as a source of strategic advantage. These customized solutions blend a range of learning methodologies including leadership and employee engagement programs, action learning, coaching, e-learning, and online applications

Ÿ Marketing and Sales.  Oliver Wyman advises leading firms in the areas of offer/pricing optimization; product/service portfolio management; product innovation; marketing spend optimization; value-based customer management; and sales and distribution model transformation.

Ÿ Operations and Technology.  Oliver Wyman offers market-leading IT organization design, IT economics management, Lean Six Sigma principles and methodologies, and sourcing expertise to clients across a broad range of industries.

Ÿ Strategy.  Oliver Wyman is a leading provider of corporate strategy advice and solutions in the areas of growth strategy and corporate portfolio; non-organic growth and M&A; performance improvement; business design and innovation; corporate center and shared services; and strategic planning.

Lippincott is a brand strategy and design consulting firm which advises corporations around the world in a variety of industries on corporate branding, identity and image. Lippincott has helped create some of the world’s most recognized brands.

NERA Economic Consulting provides economic analysis and advice to public and private entities to achieve practical solutions to highly complex business and legal issues arising from competition, regulation, public policy, strategy, finance and litigation. NERA professionals operate worldwide assisting clients including corporations, governments, law firms, regulatory agencies, trade associations, and international agencies. NERA’s specialized practice areas include: antitrust; securities; complex commercial litigation; energy; environmental economics; network industries; intellectual property; product liability and mass torts; and transfer pricing.

Compensation for Services in Consulting

Mercer and the Oliver Wyman Group businesses are compensated for advice and services primarily through fees paid by clients. Mercer’s health & benefits business is compensated through commissions from insurance companies for the placement of insurance contracts (comprising more than half of the revenue in the health & benefits business) and consulting fees. Mercer’s discretionary investment management business and certain of Mercer’s defined contribution administration services are compensated typically through fees based on assets under administration and/or management. For a more detailed discussion of revenue sources and factors affecting revenue in the Consulting segment, see Part II, Item 7 (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”) of this report.

REGULATION

The Company’s activities are subject to licensing requirements and extensive regulation under United States federal and state laws, as well as laws of other countries in which the Company’s subsidiaries operate. See Part I, Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) below for a discussion of how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our businesses.

Risk and Insurance Services.  While laws and regulations vary from location to location, every state of the United States and most foreign jurisdictions require insurance market intermediaries and related service providers (such as insurance brokers, agents and consultants, reinsurance brokers, managing general agents and third party administrators) to hold an individual and/or company license from a governmental agency or self-regulatory organization. Some jurisdictions issue licenses only to individual residents or locally-owned business entities; in this case, if the Company has no licensed subsidiary, we may maintain arrangements with residents or business entities licensed to act in such jurisdiction. Such arrangements are only permitted following an extensive review process.

8

Beginning in January 2005, all European Union member states were required to implement the Insurance Mediation Directive. This Directive aims to apply consistent minimum professional standards to insurance and reinsurance intermediaries, including a licensing system based on an assessment of factors such as professional competence, financial capacity and professional indemnity insurance. The adoption by member states of the European Union of regulations to comply with the Directive has led our insurance intermediary operations in the European Union to become subject to enhanced regulatory requirements. In January 2005, as part of the implementation of the Directive in the United Kingdom, the power and responsibilities of the Financial Services Authority, or FSA, were expanded to include regulation of insurance and reinsurance intermediaries in the United Kingdom.

Insurance authorities in the United States and certain other jurisdictions in which the Company’s subsidiaries do business, including the FSA in the United Kingdom, also have enacted laws and regulations governing the investment of funds, such as premiums and claims proceeds, held in a fiduciary capacity for others. These laws and regulations typically provide for segregation of these fiduciary funds and limit the types of investments that may be made with them.

Certain of the Company’s Risk and Insurance Services activities are governed by other regulatory bodies, such as investment, securities and futures licensing authorities. In the United States, Marsh and Guy Carpenter use the services of MMC Securities Corp., a broker-dealer and investment adviser, registered in the U.S. with the SEC, and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Agency (FINRA) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC), primarily in connection with investment banking-related services relating to insurance-linked and alternative risk financing transactions. Also in the United States, Marsh uses the services of NIA Securities, LLC, a U.S. registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Guy Carpenter provides advice on securities or investments in the European Union through MMC Securities (Europe) Limited, which is authorized and regulated by the FSA. Marsh also receives investment management services in the European Union from Marsh Investment Service Limited, which is also regulated by the FSA. MMC Securities Corp., MMC Securities (Europe) Limited, NIA Securities, LLC, and Marsh Investment Service Limited are indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Marsh & McLennan Companies.

In some jurisdictions, insurance-related taxes may be due either directly from clients or from the insurance broker. In the latter case, the broker customarily looks to the client for payment.

Consulting.  Certain of Mercer’s retirement-related consulting services are subject to pension law and financial regulation in many countries, including by the SEC in the United States and the FSA in the United Kingdom. In addition, the trustee services, investment services (including advice to persons, institutions and other entities on the investment of pension assets and assumption of discretionary investment management responsibilities) and retirement and employee benefit program administrative services provided by Mercer and its subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to investment and securities regulations in various jurisdictions. The benefits insurance consulting and brokerage services provided by Mercer and its subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to the same licensing requirements and regulatory oversight as the insurance market intermediaries described above regarding our Risk and Insurance Services businesses. Mercer uses the services of MMC Securities Corp. with the provision of certain retirement and employee benefit services. Oliver Wyman Group use the services of MMC Securities Corp. (in the United States) and MMC Securities (Europe) Limited (in the European Union), primarily in connection with corporate finance advisory services.

COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS

The Company faces strong competition in all of its businesses from providers of similar products and services, including competition with regard to identifying and pursuing acquisition candidates. The Company also encounters strong competition throughout its businesses from both public corporations and private firms in attracting and retaining qualified employees. In addition to the discussion below, see “Risks Relating to the Company Generally –Competitive Risks,” in Part I, Item 1A of this report.

Risk and Insurance Services.  The Company’s combined insurance and reinsurance services businesses are global in scope. The principal bases upon which our insurance and reinsurance

9

businesses compete include the range, quality and cost of the services and products provided to clients. The Company encounters strong competition from other insurance and reinsurance brokerage firms that operate on a nationwide or worldwide basis, from a large number of regional and local firms in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere, from insurance and reinsurance companies that market, distribute and service their insurance and reinsurance products without the assistance of brokers or agents and from other businesses, including commercial and investment banks, accounting firms and consultants, that provide risk-related services and products.

Certain insureds and groups of insureds have established programs of self insurance (including captive insurance companies) as a supplement or alternative to third-party insurance, thereby reducing in some cases their need for insurance placements. Certain insureds also obtain coverage directly from insurance providers. There are also many other providers of affinity group and private client services, including specialized firms, insurance companies and other institutions.

The continuing impact of legal and regulatory proceedings concerning our insurance brokerage operations also could affect Marsh’s competitive position. These proceedings are discussed in more detail in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this report. Please also read our discussion of the risks associated with these proceedings and their impact under Part I, Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) below.

Consulting.  The Company’s consulting and HR outsourcing businesses face strong competition from other privately and publicly held worldwide and national companies, as well as regional and local firms. These businesses compete generally on the basis of the range, quality and cost of the services and products provided to clients. Competitors include independent consulting and outsourcing firms, as well as consulting and outsourcing operations affiliated with accounting, information systems, technology and financial services firms.

Mercer’s investment consulting and investment management businesses face competition from many sources, including multi-manager services offered by other investment consulting firms and financial institutions.

In many cases, clients have the option of handling the services provided by Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group internally, without assistance from outside advisors.

Segmentation of Activity by Type of Service and Geographic Area of Operation.

Financial information relating to the types of services provided by the Company and the geographic areas of its operations is incorporated herein by reference to Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries employed approximately 51,000 people worldwide, including approximately 27,000 in risk and insurance services and approximately 23,000 in consulting. Approximately 1,000 individuals are employed by the Company at the parent-company level.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The executive officers of the Company are appointed annually by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of February 25, 2011, the following individuals were executive officers of the Company:

Orlando D. Ashford, age 42, is Senior Vice President, Human Resources, of Marsh & McLennan Companies. Mr. Ashford joined the Company in September 2008. Prior to Marsh & McLennan Companies, he was with the Coca-Cola Company since 2005 in human resource management, most recently as Group Director of Human Resources for Eurasia and Africa. While at Coca-Cola, Mr. Ashford reorganized and rebuilt the Company’s corporate center HR team and headed a company-wide cultural change initiative. Prior to Coca-Cola, Mr. Ashford held positions with Motorola, the Delta Consulting Group (subsequently Mercer Delta Consulting), Ameritech and Andersen Consulting.

10

Peter J. Beshar, age 49, is Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Marsh & McLennan Companies. Before joining the Company in November 2004, Mr. Beshar was a Litigation Partner in the law firm of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. Mr. Beshar joined Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher in 1995 after serving as an Assistant Attorney General in the New York Attorney General’s office and as the Special Assistant to Cyrus Vance in connection with the peace negotiations in the former Yugoslavia.

M. Michele Burns, age 52, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Mercer. Ms. Burns joined the Company as Executive Vice President on March 1, 2006, assumed the position of Chief Financial Officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies on March 31, 2006 and moved to her current position with Mercer on September 25, 2006. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Burns was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2004, and Chief Restructuring Officer since August 2004, of Mirant Corporation, an energy company. Prior to joining Mirant, she was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Delta Air Lines, Inc. from August 2000 to April 2004. She held various other positions in the finance and tax departments of Delta beginning in January 1999. Delta filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in September 2005.

John P. Drzik, age 48, is President and Chief Executive Officer of Oliver Wyman Group, a position he assumed in June 2006. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Drzik was President of Mercer Oliver Wyman, which was formed following the Company’s acquisition of Oliver, Wyman & Company in 2003. He joined Oliver, Wyman & Company in 1984, became President in 1995, and was appointed Chairman in 2000.

Brian Duperreault, age 62, is Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies, a position he assumed in January 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Duperreault served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Limited from 1994 to 2004, and continued as Chairman through the end of 2007. Prior to ACE, Mr. Duperreault was with American International Group (AIG) for more than 20 years, holding numerous positions and eventually becoming Executive Vice President of AIG Foreign General Insurance and Chairman and Chief Executive of AIG’s American International Underwriters (AIU). Mr. Duperreault is a Director of Tyco International Ltd.

E. Scott Gilbert, age 55, is Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies. Prior to joining the Company in January 2005, he had been the Chief Compliance Counsel of the General Electric Company since September 2004. Prior thereto, he was Counsel, Litigation and Legal Policy at GE. Between 1986 and 1992, when he joined GE, he served as an Assistant United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York.

Daniel S. Glaser, age 50, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Marsh, a position he assumed in December 2007. Previously, he had been Managing Director of AIG Europe (U.K.) Limited, and the Regional President of AIG’s American International Underwriters (AIU) U.K./Ireland division. He joined AIG in 2000 as President of the firm’s Global Energy Division. He was named Managing Director of AIG Europe (U.K.) in 2002. Mr. Glaser began his career in the insurance industry in 1982 as a Marsh broker. He worked at Marsh for a decade, serving in roles in New York, London and Saudi Arabia. Thereafter, he spent eight years at Willis, where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Willis Risk Solutions, the Willis large accounts practice.

David A. Nadler, age 62, is Vice Chairman, Office of the CEO of Marsh & McLennan Companies. Dr. Nadler founded the Delta Consulting Group, Inc., a consulting firm specializing in executive leadership and organizational change, in 1980. He served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of that firm until its acquisition by Mercer in 2000, when it became Mercer Delta Consulting. Dr. Nadler served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oliver Wyman’s Delta Organization & Leadership business through December 2005 and remains a Senior Partner of that firm.

Vanessa A. Wittman, age 43, is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies. Prior to joining the Company in September 2008, Ms. Wittman was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Adelphia Communications Corp. from 2003 to 2007. She joined Adelphia as part of a new executive team that oversaw one of the most complex bankruptcy cases in U.S. history. While there, Ms. Wittman was responsible for accounting, tax and internal audit functions; operational and field finance; corporate development; and the bankruptcy and investor relations teams. Prior to Adelphia, Ms. Wittman served as Chief Financial Officer of 360networks,

11

based in Seattle, where she led the Company’s restructuring efforts and successful emergence from bankruptcy protection in November 2002. She also has held positions with Microsoft, Metricom Inc. and Morgan Stanley.

Peter Zaffino, age 44, is President and Chief Executive Officer of Guy Carpenter. Prior to assuming this position in February 2008, he was an Executive Vice President of Guy Carpenter and had held a number of senior positions, including Head of Guy Carpenter’s U.S. Treaty Operations and Head of the firm’s Global Specialty Practices business. Mr. Zaffino has over 20 years of experience in the Insurance and Reinsurance industry. Prior to joining Guy Carpenter in 2001, he held several senior positions, most recently serving in an executive role with a GE Capital portfolio company that specialized in reinsurance.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company is subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with the Exchange Act, the Company files with the SEC annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The Company makes these reports and any amendments to these reports available free of charge through its website, www.mmc.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The public may read and copy these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC, 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like the Company, that file electronically with the SEC.

The Company also posts on its website the following documents with respect to corporate governance:

Ÿ Guidelines for Corporate Governance;

Ÿ Code of Business Conduct and Ethics;

Ÿ Procedures for Reporting Complaints and Concerns Regarding Accounting Matters; and

Ÿ the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Compliance Committee and Directors and Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

All of the above documents are available in printed form to any Company stockholder upon request.

12

Item 1A.      Risk Factors

You should consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information presented in this report. These risks have the potential to materially adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

RISKS RELATING TO THE COMPANY GENERALLY

Legal and Regulatory Issues

We are subject to significant uninsured exposures arising from “errors and omissions” claims.

Our operating companies provide numerous professional services, including the placement of insurance and the provision of consulting, actuarial and other services for corporate and public clients around the world. As a result of these activities, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to a significant number of errors and omissions, or “E&O,” claims, particularly in our Marsh and Mercer businesses. In our Risk and Insurance Services segment, such claims include allegations of damages arising from our failure to adequately place coverage or notify insurers of potential claims on behalf of clients. In our Consulting segment, such claims include allegations of damages arising from our consulting, actuarial and other services, which frequently involve assumptions and estimates concerning future events. Given the long-tail nature of professional liability claims, E&O matters often relate to services provided by the Company dating back many years. In each of our segments, E&O claims seek damages, including punitive and treble damages, in amounts that could, if awarded, be significant and subject us to potential liability for monetary damages, negative publicity, reputational harm and to diversion of personnel and management resources.

In establishing liabilities for errors and omissions claims in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic No. 450-20 (Contingencies—Loss Contingencies), the Company utilizes case level reviews by inside and outside counsel and an internal actuarial analysis to estimate potential losses. A liability is established when a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. The liability is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as developments warrant. In many cases, the Company has not recorded a liability, other than for legal fees to defend the claim, because we are unable, at the present time, to make a determination that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. Nevertheless, given the unpredictability of E&O claims and of litigation that could flow from them, it is possible that an adverse outcome in a particular matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s businesses, results of operations, financial condition or cash flow in a given quarterly or annual period.

To the extent that expected losses exceed our deductible in any policy year, the Company also records an asset for the amount that we expect to recover under any available third-party insurance programs. The Company has varying levels of third-party insurance coverage, with policy limits and coverage terms varying significantly by policy year. The Company is not aware of coverage defenses or other obstacles to coverage that would limit recoveries through policy year 2001-2002 in a material amount. Beginning in 2002, the availability of third-party insurance has declined.

Further, as more fully described in Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this report, we are subject to legal proceedings, regulatory investigations and other contingencies other than E&O claims which, if determined unfavorably to us, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our compliance systems and controls cannot guarantee that we are in compliance with all potentially applicable U.S. federal and state or foreign laws and regulations, and actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our activities are subject to extensive regulation under the laws of the United States and its various states, the European Union and its member states, and the other jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, we are subject to regulation by foreign and domestic governments, regulatory agencies such as the SEC in the United States and the FSA in the United Kingdom, and self-regulatory organizations

13

such as FINRA, as described further above under Part I, Item 1 — Business (Regulation) of this report. Compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that are applicable to our operations is complex and may increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. These laws and regulations include import and export requirements, anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the pending anti-bribery law in the UK, local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials, as well as various trade sanctions laws such as the various international legislative and regulatory requirements relating to trade with Iran.

As a publicly-traded company, we are subject to additional federal, state and other rules and regulations, including those required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the recently adopted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which will subject us to significant additional executive compensation and corporate governance requirements, many of which have yet to be implemented by the SEC. Compliance with the requirements of these laws and regulations may be costly and adversely affect our business.

While we attempt to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we, our employees, our consultants or our contractors are in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations at all times or that we will be able to comply with any future laws, regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, loss of an operating license or approval, increased scrutiny or oversight by regulatory authorities, the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in a particular business or redress to clients. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, these matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company by exposing us to negative publicity, reputational damage or harm to our client or employee relationships.

In most jurisdictions, government regulatory authorities have the power to interpret or amend applicable laws and regulations, and have discretion to grant, renew and revoke various licenses and approvals we need to conduct our activities. Such authorities may require the Company to incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations. In some areas of our businesses, we act on the basis of our own or the industry’s interpretations of applicable laws or regulations, which may conflict from state to state or country to country. In the event those interpretations eventually prove different from those of regulatory authorities, we might be penalized or precluded from carrying on our previous activities. Moreover, the laws and regulations to which we are subject may conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we operate. Recent changes in the regulatory environment may impact our ability to generate additional revenue streams or enhance revenue streams. Any significant impairment of our ability to conduct our business as we historically have done could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Finally, government involvement in the insurance or reinsurance markets could displace insurance or reinsurance currently available from the private market and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Improper disclosure of personal data could result in legal liability or harm our reputation.

In many jurisdictions, we may have certain obligations to maintain the security and privacy of our clients’ confidential and proprietary information and the personal information of our employees, our individual customers, and our clients’ employees and retirement and other benefit plan participants. We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information. Nonetheless, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of improper access to or disclosure of personal information. Such disclosure could harm our reputation and subject us to liability under our contracts, as well as laws and regulations, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.

Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing laws, rules and regulations in the various jurisdictions and countries in which we operate. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement

14

processes in response to changing legal or regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, as well as the general risks described above relating to our compliance systems and controls.

Financial Risks

Our pension obligations may cause the Company’s earnings and cash flows to fluctuate.

Volatility in equity and bond market conditions may have an unfavorable impact on the value of the Company’s pension trust assets and estimated future pension liabilities. As a result, the Company’s financial results in any period could be negatively impacted. In addition, in a period of an extended financial market downturn, the Company could be required to provide incremental pension plan funding with resulting liquidity risk which could negatively impact the Company’s financial flexibility.

The Company has significant pension obligations to its current and former employees, totaling approximately $11 billion at December 31, 2010. The magnitude of our worldwide pension plans means that our earnings and the funded status of our pension plans are comparatively sensitive to factors such as equity and bond market returns, as well as the assumed interest rates we use to discount our pension liabilities, rates of inflation and mortality assumptions. In accordance with ASC Topic No 715, the Company reflects the over- or under-funded amount of its pension plans as assets or liabilities, respectively. Variations in any of the preceding factors could cause significant fluctuation in our earnings as well as our shareholder’s equity from year to year and may result in increased levels of contributions to our pension plans.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by economic and political conditions and the effects of these conditions on our clients’ businesses and levels of business activity.

Global economic and political conditions affect our clients’ businesses and the markets they serve. In 2008 and 2009, the credit markets and the financial services industry experienced a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions and an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States and foreign governments. These economic conditions have resulted in negative impacts on businesses and financial institutions, and financial services entities in particular. The global economic crisis has had a significant effect on our Consulting segment in particular. Many of our clients have been reducing expenses, including amounts they spend on consulting services. If these economic conditions persist or deteriorate, they could potentially have a significant impact on our operations.

These economic conditions may reduce demand for our services or depress pricing of those services, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Changes in global economic conditions could also shift demand to services for which we do not have competitive advantages, and this could negatively affect the amount of business that we are able to obtain. Should it become necessary for us to further restructure our business, including reducing our work force, as a result of these market conditions or other factors that reduce the demand for our products and services, our ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected.

Financial institution failures may cause us to incur increased expenses or make it more difficult either to utilize our existing debt capacity or otherwise obtain financing for our operations, investing activities (including the financing of any future acquisitions), or financing activities.

Our cash investments, including those held in a fiduciary capacity, are subject to general credit, liquidity, counterparty, market and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by the recent global financial crisis. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity markets deteriorate further or remain volatile, the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected.

15

Credit rating downgrades would increase our financing costs and could subject us to operational risk.

Both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s downgraded the Company’s senior debt credit rating in late 2004 and S&P announced a further downgrade in December 2007. Currently, the Company’s senior debt is rated Baa2 by Moody’s and BBB- by S&P. These ratings are the next-to-lowest investment grade rating for Moody’s, and the lowest investment-grade rating for S&P.

If we need to raise capital in the future (for example, in order to fund maturing debt obligations or finance acquisitions or other initiatives), any further credit rating downgrade would increase our financing costs, and could limit our access to financing sources. Further, we believe that a downgrade to a rating below investment-grade could result in greater operational risks through increased operating costs and increased competitive pressures.

Our significant non-U.S. operations expose us to exchange rate fluctuations and various risks that could impact our business.

We are subject to exchange rate risk because some of our subsidiaries receive revenue other than in their functional currencies, and because we must translate the financial results of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars. In certain jurisdictions, however, our Risk and Insurance Services operations generate revenue in a number of different currencies, but expenses are almost entirely incurred in local currency. Due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, we are subject to economic exposure as well as currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations. Exchange rate risk could have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

Increased counterparty risk and changes in interest rates could reduce the value of our investment portfolio and adversely affect our financial results.

As was evident in the recent financial crisis, counterparty risk can quickly escalate resulting in substantial trading and investment losses for corporate and other investors. In addition, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments, and we may continue to experience reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk remain low.

We are a holding company and, therefore, may not be able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries.

The Company is organized as a holding company, a legal entity separate and distinct from our operating subsidiaries. As a holding company without significant operations of our own, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations for paying principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, for paying dividends to stockholders and for corporate expenses. In the event our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends and other payments to the Company, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on common stock.

Further, the Company derives a significant portion of its revenue and operating profit from operating subsidiaries located outside the U.S. Since the majority of financing obligations as well as dividends to stockholders are made from the U.S., it is important to be able to access cash generated outside the U.S. Funds from the Company’s operating subsidiaries outside of the U.S. are periodically repatriated to the U.S. via shareholder distributions and repayment of intercompany financing. A number of factors may arise that could limit our ability to repatriate funds or make repatriation cost prohibitive, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange rates and tax-related costs.

In the event we are unable to generate cash from our operating subsidiaries for any of the reasons discussed above, our overall liquidity could deteriorate.

16

International Operations

We are exposed to multiple risks associated with the global nature of our operations.

We do business worldwide. In 2010, 56 percent of the Company’s total operating segment revenue was generated from operations outside the United States, and over one-half of our employees are located outside the United States. We expect to expand our non-U.S. operations further.

The geographic breadth of our activities subjects us to significant legal, economic, operational, market, compliance and reputational risks. These include, among others, risks relating to:

– economic and political conditions in foreign countries, including the recent disruption in the global financial markets;

– potential conflicts of interest that may arise as we expand the scope of our businesses and our client base;

– international hostilities, terrorist activities, natural disasters and infrastructure disruptions;

– local investment or other financial restrictions that foreign governments may impose;

– potential costs and difficulties in complying, or monitoring compliance, with rules relating to trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or other U.S. laws and regulations applicable to business operations abroad;

– limitations that foreign governments may impose on the conversion of currency or the payment of dividends or other remittances to us from our non-U.S. subsidiaries;

– withholding or other taxes that foreign governments may impose on the payment of dividends or other remittances to us from our non-U.S. subsidiaries;

– potential transfer pricing-related tax exposures that may result from the allocation of U.S.-based costs that benefit our non-U.S. businesses;

– the length of payment cycles and potential difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, particularly in light of the increasing number of insolvencies in the current economic environment and the numerous bankruptcy laws to which they are subject;

– engaging and relying on third parties to perform services on behalf of the Company;

– potential difficulties in monitoring employees in geographically dispersed locations; and

– potential costs and difficulties in complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations (including tax systems) administered by foreign government agencies, some of which may conflict with U.S. or other sources of law.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Should we experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, hurricane, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, our office facilities, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other related systems and operations. In such an event, our operational size, the multiple locations from which we operate, and our existing back-up systems would provide us with an important advantage. Nevertheless, we could still experience near-term operational challenges with regard to particular areas of our operations, such as key executive officers or personnel.

Our operations, particularly within our Consulting segment, are dependent upon our ability to protect our technology infrastructure against damage from business continuity events that could have a

17

significant disruptive effect on our operations. We could potentially lose client data or experience material adverse interruptions to our operations or delivery of services to our clients in a disaster recovery scenario.

We regularly assess and take steps to improve upon our existing business continuity plans and key management succession. However, a disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged client relationships or legal liability.

Competitive Risks

Each of the Company’s businesses operates in a highly competitive environment. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and results of operations will suffer.

As a global professional services firm, the Company experiences acute and continuous competition in each of its operating segments. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a variety of factors, including our geographic reach, the sophistication and quality of our services, our pricing relative to competitors and our customers’ option to self-insure or utilize internal resources instead of consultants. If we are unable to respond successfully to the competition we face, our business and results of operations will suffer.

In our Risk and Insurance Services segment, we compete intensely against a wide range of other insurance and reinsurance brokerage firms that operate on a global, regional, national or local scale for both client business and employee talent. We compete as well with insurance and reinsurance companies that market and service their insurance products without the assistance of brokers or other market intermediaries, and with various other companies that provide risk-related services. The above competition is intensified by an industry trend toward a “syndicated” or “distributed” approach to the purchase of insurance and reinsurance brokerage services, whereby a client engages multiple brokers to service different portions of the client’s account.

In our Consulting segment, we compete for business and employee talent with numerous independent consulting firms and organizations affiliated with accounting, information systems, technology and financial services firms around the world.

The loss of key professionals could hurt our ability to retain existing client revenues and generate revenues from new business.

Across all of our businesses, our personnel are crucial to developing and retaining the client relationships on which our revenues depend. It is therefore very important for us to retain significant revenue-producing employees and the key managerial and other professionals who support them. We face numerous challenges in this regard, including:

– the intense competition for talent in all of our businesses;

– the general mobility of professionals in our businesses; and

– the difficulties we may face in offering compensation of a type and amount (including equity-based compensation) sufficient to attract, motivate and retain valuable employees.

Losing employees who manage or support substantial client relationships or possess substantial experience or expertise could adversely affect our ability to secure and complete client engagements, which would adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if any of our key professionals were to join an existing competitor or form a competing company, some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor instead of our services.

Consolidation in the industries that we serve could adversely affect our business.

Companies in the industries that we serve may seek to achieve economies of scale and other synergies by combining with or acquiring other companies. If two or more of our current clients merge

18

or consolidate and combine their operations, it may decrease the amount of work that we perform for these clients. If one of our current clients merges or consolidates with a company that relies on another provider for its services, we may lose work from that client or lose the opportunity to gain additional work. The increased market power of larger companies could also increase pricing and competitive pressures on us. Any of these possible results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business. Guy Carpenter is especially susceptible to this risk given the limited number of insurance company clients and reinsurers in the marketplace.

Our businesses face rapid technological changes and our failure to adequately anticipate or respond to these changes could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

To remain competitive in many of our business areas, we must identify the most current technologies and methodologies and integrate them into our service offerings. For example, Guy Carpenter’s risk-modeling services are increasingly dependent on implementing advanced software and data-compilation tools and Mercer’s ability to price its outsourcing services competitively is highly dependent on the efficient and cost effective use of technology. If we do not make the correct technology choices or investments, or if our choices or investments are insufficiently prompt or cost-effective, our business and results of operations could suffer.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

We face risks when we acquire and dispose of businesses.

We have a history of making acquisitions, including a total of 26 acquisitions in the period 2008-2010 for aggregate purchase consideration of $1.3 billion. We have also exited various businesses, including the sale of Putnam Investments Trust (“Putnam”) in August 2007 and the sale of Kroll in the third quarter of 2010. We expect that acquisitions will continue to be a key part of our business strategy. Our success in this regard will depend on our ability to identify and compete for appropriate acquisition candidates and to complete with favorable results the transactions we decide to pursue.

While we intend that our acquisitions will improve our competitiveness and profitability, we cannot be certain that our past or future acquisitions will be accretive to earnings or otherwise meet our operational or strategic expectations. Acquisitions involve special risks, including accounting, regulatory, compliance, information technology or human resources issues that could arise in connection with, or as a result of, the acquisition of the acquired company; the potential assumption of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies and difficulties in integrating acquired businesses; and acquired businesses may not achieve the levels of revenue, profit or productivity we anticipate or otherwise perform as we expect. In addition, if in the future, the performance of our reporting units or an acquired business varies from our projections or assumptions, or estimates about future profitability of our reporting units or an acquired business change, the estimated fair value of our reporting units or an acquired business could change materially and could result in an impairment of goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet or in adjustments in contingent payment amounts. Given the significant size of the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets, a write-down of this sort could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any given period. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet reflected $6.8 billion of goodwill and intangible assets, representing approximately 45 percent of the Company’s total consolidated assets and allocated by reporting segment as follows: Risk and Insurance Services, $4.7 billion and Consulting, $2.1 billion.

When we dispose of businesses we are subject to the risk, contractually agreed or otherwise, of post-transaction liabilities. For example, as described in Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this report, we have retained certain contingent litigation liabilities relating to Putnam and Kroll.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR RISK AND INSURANCE SERVICES SEGMENT

Our Risk and Insurance Services segment, conducted through Marsh and Guy Carpenter, represented 54 percent of the Company’s total operating segment revenue in 2010. Our business in this segment is subject to particular risks.

19

Results in our Risk and Insurance Services segment may be adversely affected by a general decline in economic activity.

Demand for many types of insurance and reinsurance generally rises and falls as economic growth expands or slows. This dynamic affects the level of commissions and fees generated by Marsh and Guy Carpenter. To the extent our clients become adversely affected by declining business conditions, they may choose to limit their purchases of insurance and reinsurance coverage, as applicable, which would inhibit our ability to generate commission revenue; and may decide not to purchase our risk advisory services, which would inhibit our ability to generate fee revenue. Moreover, insolvencies and combinations associated with an economic downturn, especially insolvencies and combinations in the insurance industry, could adversely affect our brokerage business through the loss of clients or by hampering our ability to place insurance and reinsurance business. Guy Carpenter is especially susceptible to this risk given the limited number of insurance company clients and reinsurers in the market place.

Volatility or declines in premiums and other market trends may significantly impede our ability to improve revenues and profitability.

A significant portion of our Risk and Insurance Services revenue consists of commissions paid to us out of the premiums that insurers and reinsurers charge our clients for coverage. Our revenues and profitability are subject to change to the extent that premium rates fluctuate or trend in a particular direction. The potential for changes in premium rates is significant, due to the general phenomenon of pricing cyclicality in the commercial insurance and reinsurance markets.

In addition to movements in premium rates, our ability to generate premium-based commission revenue may be challenged by the growing availability of alternative methods for clients to meet their risk-protection needs. This trend includes a greater willingness on the part of corporations to “self-insure;” the use of so-called “captive” insurers; and the advent of capital markets-based solutions to traditional insurance and reinsurance needs. Further, the profitability of our Risk and Insurances Services segment depends in part on ensuring that our professionals are compensated not only for insurance and reinsurance transactions, but for the increasing analytical services and advice that we provide. If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate billing rates for all of our services, our margins and profitability could suffer.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR CONSULTING SEGMENT

Our Consulting segment, conducted through Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group, represented 46 percent of our total operating segment revenue in 2010. Our businesses in this segment is subject to particular risks.

Demand for our services might decrease for various reasons, including a general economic downturn, a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition, or changes in government regulation.

Our Consulting segment has historically achieved significant annual revenue growth. Despite this history, however, the recent global economic conditions have resulted in negative impacts on businesses and financial institutions. Many of our clients, including financial institutions, corporations, governmental entities and pension plans, have been reducing expenses, including amounts spent on consulting services. The evolving needs or financial circumstances of our clients may challenge our ability to increase revenues and profitability and reduce demand for our services. If the economy or markets in which we operate experience continued weakness at current levels or deteriorate further, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, demand for many of Mercer’s benefits services is affected by government regulation and tax rules, which drive our clients’ needs for benefits-related services. For example, significant changes in government regulations affecting the value, use or delivery of benefits and human resources programs, including changes in regulations relating to health and welfare plans, defined contribution plans, or defined benefit plans, may adversely affect the demand for or profitability of Mercer’s services.

20

Factors impacting defined benefit pension plans could adversely affect Mercer.

Mercer currently provides corporate, multi-employer and public clients with consulting and actuarial services relating to defined benefit pension plans. The nature of our work, particularly our actuarial services, is complex, and involves numerous assumptions and estimates regarding future events, including interest rates used to discount future liabilities, estimated rates of return for a plan’s assets, healthcare cost trends or participants’ life expectancies. Clients dissatisfied with our services have brought, and may bring, claims against us. In addition, over the past several years, the funded status of defined benefit pension plans has declined markedly. A number of Mercer’s clients have frozen or curtailed their defined benefit plans and moved to defined contribution plans resulting in reduced revenue for Mercer’s retirement business. These developments could adversely affect Mercer’s business and operating results.

Our profitability may suffer if we are unable to achieve or maintain adequate utilization and pricing rates for our consultants.

The profitability of our Consulting businesses depends in part on ensuring that our consultants maintain adequate utilization rates (i.e., the percentage of our consultants’ working hours devoted to billable activities). Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

– our ability to transition consultants promptly from completed projects to new assignments, and to engage newly hired consultants quickly in revenue-generating activities;

– our ability to continually secure new business engagements, particularly because a portion of our work is project-based rather than recurring in nature;

– our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain appropriate headcount in each of our geographies and workforces;

– our ability to manage attrition;

– unanticipated changes in the scope of client engagements;

– the potential for conflicts of interest that might require us to decline client engagements that we otherwise would have accepted;

– our need to devote time and resources to sales, training, professional development and other non-billable activities;

– the potential disruptive impact of acquisitions and dispositions; and

– general economic conditions.

The factors listed above, and therefore also our utilization rates for service personnel, have been adversely affected by recent macroeconomic conditions. If the utilization rate for our consulting professionals continues to decline, our profit margin and profitability would suffer.

In addition, the profitability of our Consulting businesses depends on the prices we are able to charge for our services. Our pricing power is affected by a number of factors, including:

– clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

– market demand for the services we provide;

– our ability to develop new services and the introduction of new services by competitors;

– the pricing policies of our competitors;

– changes in the extent to which our clients develop in-house or other capabilities to perform the services that they might otherwise purchase from us; and

– general economic conditions.

Our pricing has also been adversely affected by the recent economic crisis. If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate billing rates for our services, our margins and profitability could suffer.

21

Our quarterly revenues and profitability may fluctuate significantly.

Quarterly variations in revenues and operating results at Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group may occur due to several factors. These include:

– the significance of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter;

– the unpredictability of the timing and amount of success fees;

– the possibility that clients may decide to delay or terminate a current or anticipated project as a result of factors unrelated to our work product or progress;

– fluctuations in consultant hiring and utilization rates and clients’ ability to terminate engagements without penalty;

– seasonality at Mercer due to the impact of regulatory deadlines and other timing factors to which our clients are subject;

– the success of our strategic acquisitions, alliances or investments;

– macroeconomic factors such as changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and global securities markets, particularly in the case of Mercer, where fees in certain business lines are derived from the value of assets under management (or administration) and declines in global securities markets could result in a decline in revenue and profitability of these business lines; and

– general economic conditions, since results of operations in our Consulting businesses are directly affected by the levels of business activity of our clients, which in turn are affected by the level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve.

A significant portion of total operating expenses at Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group is relatively fixed. Therefore, a variation in the number of client assignments or in the timing of the initiation or the completion of client assignments can cause significant variations in quarterly operating results for these businesses.

If we are unable to collect our receivables or unbilled services, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, and as a result could cause clients to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. The increasing number of insolvencies in the current economic environment and the numerous bankruptcy laws to which they are subject could also adversely affect our ability to collect receivables or unbilled services. Timely collection of client balances depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and bill and collect our contracted revenues. If we are unable to meet our contractual requirements, we might experience delays in collection of and/or be unable to collect our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected.

Item 1B.      Unresolved Staff Comments.

There are no unresolved comments to be reported pursuant to Item 1B.

22

Item 2.      Properties.

Marsh & McLennan Companies and its subsidiaries maintain their corporate headquarters in and around New York City. We also maintain other offices around the world, primarily in leased space. In certain circumstances we may have space that we sublet to third parties, depending upon our needs in particular locations.

Marsh & McLennan Companies and certain of its subsidiaries own, directly and indirectly through special-purpose subsidiaries, a 55% condominium interest covering approximately 900,000 square feet in a 44-story building in New York City. This real estate serves as the Company’s New York headquarters and is occupied primarily by the Company and its affiliates for general corporate use. The remaining 45% condominium interest in the 1166 Property is owned by an unaffiliated third party. The Company’s owned interest is financed by a 30-year loan that is non-recourse to the Company (except in the event of certain prohibited actions) and secured by a first mortgage lien on the condominium interest and a first priority assignment of leases and rents. In the event (1) the Company is downgraded below B/B2 (Stable) by any of S&P, Fitch and Moody’s or (2) an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the Company would be obligated to pre-fund certain reserve accounts relating to the mortgaged property, including a rent reserve account in an amount equal to three months rent for the entire occupancy of the mortgaged property.

Item 3.      Legal Proceedings.

Information regarding legal proceedings is set forth in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements appearing under Part II, Item 8 (“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”) of this report.

23

PART II

Item 5.      Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

For information regarding dividends paid and the number of holders of the Company’s common stock, see the table entitled “Selected Quarterly Financial Data and Supplemental Information (Unaudited)” below on the last page of Part II, Item 8 (“Financial Statements and Other Supplementary Data”) of this report.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York, Chicago and London Stock Exchanges. The following table indicates the high and low prices (NYSE composite quotations) of the Company’s common stock during 2010 and 2009 and each quarterly period thereof:

	2010 Stock Price Range				2009 Stock Price Range
	High		Low		High		Low
First Quarter	$	24.84	$	21.17	$	25.13		17.18
Second Quarter	$	25.47	$	20.21	$	22.81		18.43
Third Quarter	$	24.72	$	22.13	$	24.92		18.46
Fourth Quarter	$	27.50	$	23.40	$	25.46		21.45
Full Year	$	27.50	$	20.21	$	25.46		17.18

On February 18, 2011, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE was $30.78.

Pursuant to a September 2010 authorization by the Company’s Board of Directors to repurchase shares of its common stock up to a dollar value of $500 million, the Company repurchased 3,365,889 shares of its common stock during the fourth quarter of 2010. The Company remains authorized to repurchase shares of its common stock up to a dollar value of approximately $414.5 million. There is no time limit on this authorization.

Period	(a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased		(b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit)		(c) Total Number of Shares (or  Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		(d) Maximum Number (or Approximate  Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
Oct 1-31, 2010		__		__		__	$	500,000,000
Nov 1-30, 2010		2,543,790	$	25.1103		2,543,790	$	436,124,756
Dec 1-31, 2010		822,099	$	26.3080		822,099	$	414,497,001
Total Q4 2010		3,365,889	$	25.4028		3,365,889	$	414,497,001

24

Item 6.      Selected Financial Data.

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

FIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions, except per share figures)	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006
Revenue	$	10,550		$	9,831		$	10,730		$	10,370		$	9,589
Expense:
Compensation and Benefits		6,465			6,182			6,830			6,609			6,141
Other Operating Expenses		3,146			2,871			3,221			3,004			2,613
Total Expense		9,611			9,053			10,051			9,613			8,754
Operating Income (a)		939			778			679			757			835
Interest Income		20			17			47			95			60
Interest Expense		(233	)		(241	)		(220	)		(266	)		(303	)
Investment Income (Loss)		43			(2	)		(12	)		173			207
Income Before Income Taxes		769			552			494			759			799
Income Taxes		204			21			113			257			219
Income From Continuing Operations		565			531			381			502			580
Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax		306			(290	)		(443	)		1,987			418
Net Income (Loss)		871			241			(62	)		2,489			998
Less: Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests		16			14			11			14			8
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company	$	855		$	227		$	(73	)	$	2,475		$	990
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share Information:
Income From Continuing Operations	$	1.01		$	0.97		$	0.70		$	0.88		$	1.02
Discontinued Operations	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.83	)	$	3.61		$	0.75
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company	$	1.56		$	0.43		$	(0.13	)	$	4.49		$	1.77
Average Number of Shares Outstanding		540			522			514			539			550
Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share Information:
Income From Continuing Operations	$	1.00		$	0.96		$	0.70		$	0.88		$	1.01
Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.84	)	$	3.57		$	0.72
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company	$	1.55		$	0.42		$	(0.14	)	$	4.45		$	1.73
Average Number of Shares Outstanding		544			524			515			542			553
Dividends Paid Per Share	$	0.81		$	0.80		$	0.80		$	0.76		$	0.68
Return on Average Stockholders’ Equity		14	%		4	%		N/A			36	%		18	%
Year-end Financial Position:
Working capital	$	2,171		$	1,216		$	1,391		$	1,834		$	1,036
Total assets	$	15,310		$	15,337		$	15,206		$	17,359		$	18,137
Long-term debt	$	3,026		$	3,034		$	3,194		$	3,604		$	3,860
Stockholders’ equity	$	6,415		$	5,863		$	5,760		$	7,853		$	5,842
Total shares outstanding (net of treasury shares)		541			530			514			520			552
Other Information:
Number of employees		51,000			49,000			50,100			51,300			48,400
Stock price ranges—
U.S. exchanges — High	$	27.50		$	25.46		$	36.82		$	33.90		$	32.73
— Low	$	20.21		$	17.18		$	20.96		$	23.12		$	24.00

(a) Includes the impact of net restructuring costs of $141 million, $243 million, $328 million, $98 million and $86 million in 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, appearing under Amended Item 7 of this report, for discussion of significant items affecting our results of operations in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

25

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

General

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a global professional services firm providing advice and solutions in the areas of risk, strategy, and human capital. The Company’s subsidiaries include Marsh, which provides risk and insurance services; Guy Carpenter, which provides reinsurance services; Mercer, which provides human resource and related financial advice and services; and Oliver Wyman Group, which provides management consulting and other services. The Company’s approximately 51,000 employees worldwide provide analysis, advice and transactional capabilities to clients in over 100 countries.

The Company’s business segments are based on the services provided. Risk and Insurance Services includes risk management and insurance and reinsurance broking and services, provided primarily by Marsh and Guy Carpenter. Consulting, which comprises the activities of Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group, includes human resource consulting and related investment and outsourcing services, and specialized management, economic and brand consulting services.

In the first quarter of 2010, Kroll completed the sale of Kroll Laboratory Specialists (KLS) and on August 3, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Kroll to Altegrity for cash consideration of $1.13 billion. The account balances and activities of Kroll and KLS were segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the accompanying consolidated statements of income. During the second quarter of 2009, Kroll sold Kroll Government Services (“KGS”), which has been classified as a discontinued operation. In 2008, the Company disposed of its U.S. and U.K. restructuring businesses to their respective management teams in separate leveraged buyouts.

With the Kroll disposition completed in August 2010, along with the previous disposals of other businesses between 2008 and 2010, the Company has now divested its entire Risk Consulting and Technology segment. As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, based on the terms and conditions of the divestitures of the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring businesses (“CARG”) in 2008, the Company determined it has “continuing involvement” in those businesses, as that term is used in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5e. Therefore classification of CARG as discontinued operations is not appropriate, and their financial results in the current and prior periods are included in operating income. The runoff of the Company’s involvement in the CARG businesses is now managed by the Company’s corporate departments, and consequently, the financial results of these businesses are now included in “Corporate” for segment reporting purposes.

We describe the primary sources of revenue and categories of expense for each segment below, in our discussion of segment financial results. A reconciliation of segment operating income to total operating income is included in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II Item 8 in this report. The accounting policies used for each segment are the same as those used for the consolidated financial statements.

This MD&A contains forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” at the outset of this report.

Significant Developments

The Company’s historical financial information should be viewed in light of the significant developments discussed below.

Ÿ The sale of KLS in the first quarter of 2010 and Kroll in August of 2010. Both businesses have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The sale of Kroll Government Services (“KGS”) in the second quarter of 2009. The loss on the disposal and the results of KGS operations are included in discontinued operations.

26

Ÿ Resolution in June 2010 of the litigation brought by the Alaska Retirement Management Board (“ARMB”) on behalf of two Alaska benefit plans against Mercer, relating to work in the period 1992 to 2004. This settlement, in which Mercer expressly denied liability, resolved all claims against Mercer by the ARMB and State of Alaska related to this matter. Under terms of the settlement, Mercer paid $500 million, of which $100 million was covered by insurance.

Ÿ The settlement in the fourth quarter of 2009 of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits filed in 2004. As a result, the Company recorded a $205 million net charge in December 2009, which is tax deductible. Without admitting any liability or wrongdoing, the Company agreed to pay a total of $435 million to settle both lawsuits and received $230 million from its insurance carriers. A group of stockholders, representing approximately 4% of eligible shares, initially indicated their intent to opt out of this settlement, but subsequently agreed to opt in to the settlement for an additional payment of $25 million. This additional settlement cost was accrued in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009. All claims related to these lawsuits are now fully resolved.

Ÿ The impact of acquisitions in the Risk and Insurance Services segment. In the first quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired Haake Companies, Inc., one of the largest insurance broking firms in the Midwest region and Thomas Rutherfoord, Inc., one of the largest insurance broking firms in the Southeast and mid-Atlantic regions of the U.S. In the second quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired HSBC Insurance Brokers Ltd. (“HIBL”), an international provider of risk intermediary and risk advisory services and the Bostonian Group Insurance Agency, Inc. and Bostonian Solutions, Inc. (collectively the “Bostonian Group”), one of the largest regional insurance brokerages in New England. In the fourth quarter of 2010 Marsh acquired Strategic Benefits Solutions, Inc. (“SBS”), a Georgia-based benefits brokerage and consulting firm and Trion Group, Inc. (“Trion”), an insurance consultant and broker in the United States that was the largest privately held employee benefits specialist in the nation. In September 2009, Marsh acquired International Advisory Services, Ltd., the largest independent manager of captives and third-party insurance companies in Bermuda. In December 2009, Marsh acquired the NIA Group, LLC, one of the largest independent insurance agencies in the Northeast and the 34^th largest agency in the U.S. In April 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of John B. Collins Associates, Inc., previously the fifth-largest reinsurance intermediary in the U.S. and seventh-largest in the world. In October 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of London-based specialty reinsurance broker Rattner Mackenzie Limited from HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Ÿ The impact of acquisitions made in the Consulting segment. In July 2010, Mercer acquired Innovative Process Administration (“IPA”), a provider of health and benefit recordkeeping and employee enrollment technology. In August 2010, Mercer acquired ORC Worldwide, a premier provider of HR knowledge, data and solutions for professionals in numerous industries. In January 2011, Mercer acquired Hammond Associates, the third largest investment consulting company for endowments and foundations in the U.S.

27

Consolidated Results of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions, except per share figures)	2010		2009			2008
Revenue	$	10,550	$	9,831		$	10,730
Expense
Compensation and benefits		6,465		6,182			6,830
Other operating expenses		3,146		2,871			3,221
Operating expenses		9,611		9,053			10,051
Operating Income	$	939	$	778		$	679
Income from Continuing Operations	$	565	$	531		$	381
Discontinued Operations, net of tax		306		(290	)		(443	)
Net Income (Loss)	$	871	$	241		$	(62	)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company	$	855	$	227		$	(73	)
Income from Continuing Operations Per Share:
Basic	$	1.01	$	0.97		$	0.70
Diluted	$	1.00	$	0.96		$	0.70
Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to the Company:
Basic	$	1.56	$	0.43		$	(0.13	)
Diluted	$	1.55	$	0.42		$	(0.14	)
Average number of shares outstanding:
Basic		540		522			514
Diluted		544		524			515
Shares outstanding at December 31,		541		530			514

Consolidated operating income was $939 million in 2010 compared with $778 million in the prior year. The 2010 results include a $400 million charge, net of insurance recoveries, for the resolution of the litigation brought by the ARMB and restructuring and other noteworthy charges of $139 million. The 2009 results include a $230 million charge, net of insurance recoveries, for the settlement of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits filed in 2004 and restructuring and other noteworthy items of $264 million. Excluding these charges, consolidated operating income was $1.5 billion in 2010 compared with $1.3 billion in 2009.

Risk and Insurance Services operating income increased $176 million to $972 million in 2010 compared with 2009, or 22%, resulting from revenue growth at both Marsh and Guy Carpenter, as well as a decrease of $77 million in restructuring and related charges.

Consulting operating income decreased $276 million to $129 million in 2010 primarily due to the $400 million net charge related to the ARMB litigation settlements, partly offset by lower restructuring and other noteworthy items of $48 million. Excluding these items, Consulting operating income increased $76 million, or 16%.

Corporate and other results were $162 million of expense in 2010 compared to net expense of $423 million in 2009. In 2010, Corporate and other expenses include restructuring and other noteworthy charges of $13 million, partly offset by $10 million of payments received by the Company related to CARG. In 2009, Corporate expenses include a net charge of $230 million related to settlements of the class action lawsuits described above and $33 million of restructuring and other noteworthy charges. Excluding these items, Corporate and other expenses decreased $1 million in 2010 compared with 2009.

Discontinued operations include the operating results of Kroll for all years presented, including goodwill impairment charges of $315 million and $504 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively, the gain on the sale of Kroll and KLS in 2010 of $282 million, insurance recoveries of $16 million related to Putnam market-timing related matters in 2010 and the loss on the sale of KGS in 2009. Discontinued operations also include the accretion of interest related to an indemnity for uncertain tax positions provided as part of the purchase by Great-West Life Co. Inc., of Putnam Investments Trust from the Company in August 2007.

28

Consolidated net income attributable to the Company was $855 million in 2010, compared with $227 million in 2009.

Consolidated Revenues and Expenses

The Company conducts business in many countries, as a result of which the impact of foreign exchange rate movements may impact period-to-period comparisons of revenue. Similarly, the revenue impact of acquisitions and dispositions may impact period-to-period comparisons of revenue. Underlying revenue measures the change in revenue from one period to another by isolating these impacts. The impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, acquisitions and dispositions on the Company’s operating revenues is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,									Components of Revenue Change*
(In millions, except percentage figures)	2010			2009			% Change Revenue			Currency Impact			Acquisitions/ Dispositions Impact			Underlying Revenue
Risk and Insurance Services
Marsh	$	4,744		$	4,319			10	%		1	%		6	%		2	%
Guy Carpenter		975			911			7	%		1	%		4	%		2	%
Subtotal		5,719			5,230			9	%		1	%		6	%		2	%
Fiduciary Interest Income		45			54			(16	)%		3	%		2	%		(21	)%
Total Risk and Insurance Services		5,764			5,284			9	%		1	%		6	%		2	%
Consulting
Mercer		3,478			3,327			5	%		2	%		1	%		2	%
Oliver Wyman Group		1,357			1,282			6	%		(1	)%		—			7	%
Total Consulting		4,835			4,609			5	%		1	%		—			3	%
Corporate and Other/Eliminations		(49	)		(62	)
Total Revenue	$	10,550		$	9,831			7	%		1	%		3	%		3	%

* Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

Revenue Details

The following table provides more detailed revenue information for certain of the components presented above:

	Year Ended December 31,							Components of Revenue Change*
(In millions, except percentage figures)	2010		2009		% Change Revenue			Currency Impact			Acquisitions/ Dispositions Impact			Underlying Revenue
Marsh:
EMEA	$	1,674	$	1,555		8	%		—			5	%		3	%
Asia Pacific		503		419		20	%		8	%		5	%		7	%
Latin America		298		267		11	%		4	%		—			8	%
Total International		2,475		2,241		10	%		2	%		5	%		4	%
U.S. / Canada		2,269		2,078		9	%		1	%		7	%		1	%
Total Marsh	$	4,744	$	4,319		10	%		1	%		6	%		2	%
Mercer:
Retirement	$	1,053	$	1,091		(4	)%		1	%		—			(4	)%
Health and Benefits		900		857		5	%		—			—			5	%
Rewards, Talent & Communications		488		456		7	%		1	%		4	%		2	%
Total Mercer Consulting		2,441		2,404		2	%		1	%		1	%		—
Outsourcing		671		620		8	%		4	%		1	%		3	%
Investment Consulting & Management		366		303		21	%		4	%		—			16	%
Total Mercer	$	3,478	$	3,327		5	%		2	%		1	%		2	%

* Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

29

	Year Ended December 31,								Components of Revenue Change*
(In millions, except percentage figures)	2009			2008		% Change Revenue			Currency Impact			Acquisitions/ Dispositions Impact			Underlying Revenue
Risk and Insurance Services
Marsh	$	4,319		$	4,524		(5	)%		(4	)%		—			(1	)%
Guy Carpenter		911			803		13	%		(4	)%		9	%		8	%
Subtotal		5,230			5,327		(2	)%		(4	)%		2	%		—
Fiduciary Interest Income		54			139		(61	)%		(2	)%		1	%		(60	)%
Total Risk and Insurance Services		5,284			5,466		(3	)%		(4	)%		2	%		(1	)%
Consulting
Mercer		3,327			3,642		(9	)%		(5	)%		—			(4	)%
Oliver Wyman Group		1,282			1,554		(17	)%		(4	)%		1	%		(15	)%
Total Consulting		4,609			5,196		(11	)%		(5	)%		—			(7	)%
Corporate and Other /Eliminations (a)		(62	)		68
Total Revenue	$	9,831		$	10,730		(8	)%		(4	)%		—			(3	)%

* Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

(a) Includes revenue related to the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring business of $1 million and $127 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Revenue Details

The following table provides more detailed revenue information for certain of the components presented above:

	Year Ended December 31,							Components of Revenue Change*
(In millions, except percentage figures)	2009		2008		% Change Revenue			Currency Impact			Acquisitions/ Dispositions Impact			Underlying Revenue
Marsh:
EMEA	$	1,555	$	1,706		(9	)%		(8	)%		(1	)%		—
Asia Pacific		419		412		2	%		(3	)%		—			5	%
Latin America		267		252		6	%		(5	)%		2	%		9	%
Total International		2,241		2,370		(5	)%		(6	)%		(1	)%		2	%
U.S. / Canada		2,078		2,154		(4	)%		(1	)%		1	%		(4	)%
Total Marsh	$	4,319	$	4,524		(5	)%		(4	)%		—			(1	)%
Mercer:
Retirement	$	1,091	$	1,178		(7	)%		(6	)%		—			(1	)%
Health and Benefits		857		898		(5	)%		(3	)%		(1	)%		(1	)%
Rewards, Talent & Communications		456		555		(18	)%		(2	)%		1	%		(17	)%
Total Mercer Consulting		2,404		2,631		(9	)%		(4	)%		—			(4	)%
Outsourcing		620		702		(12	)%		(6	)%		—			(6	)%
Investment Consulting & Management		303		309		(2	)%		(8	)%		—			6	%
Total Mercer	$	3,327	$	3,642		(9	)%		(5	)%		—			(4	)%

* Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

Revenue

Consolidated revenue for 2010 increased 7% to $10.6 billion compared with $9.8 billion in 2009, reflecting a 3% increase in underlying revenue, a 3% increase due to acquisitions and a 1% positive impact of foreign currency translation. Revenue in the Risk and Insurance Services segment increased 9% in 2010 compared with 2009. Underlying revenue increased 2% for the total Risk and Insurance Services segment, reflecting 2% increases in both Marsh and Guy Carpenter, partially offset by a 21% decrease in fiduciary interest income. Consulting revenue increased 5%, resulting from a 5% increase in Mercer and a 6% increase in the Oliver Wyman Group. On an underlying basis, revenue increased 3% reflecting a 2% increase in Mercer and a 7% increase in the Oliver Wyman Group.

30

Consolidated revenue for 2009 decreased 8% to $9.8 billion compared with $10.7 billion in 2008, reflecting a 3% decrease in underlying revenue and a 4% negative impact of foreign currency translation. Revenue in the Risk and Insurance Services segment decreased 3% in 2009 compared with 2008. Underlying revenue decreased 1% for the total Risk and Insurance Services segment, reflecting an 8% increase in Guy Carpenter, which was more than offset by a 1% decrease in Marsh and a 60% decrease in fiduciary interest income. Consulting revenue decreased 11%, resulting from a 9% decrease at Mercer and a 17% decline at the Oliver Wyman Group. On an underlying basis, revenue decreased 7% reflecting a 4% decrease in Mercer, and a 15% decrease in the Oliver Wyman Group.

Expenses

Consolidated operating expenses increased 6% in 2010 compared with the same period in 2009. Expenses in 2010 include the $400 net settlement at Mercer. In 2009, the Company recorded a $230 million charge, net of insurance recoveries, for the settlement of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits filed in 2004. Restructuring and other noteworthy charges in 2010 of $139 million decreased $155 million from charges of $294 million in 2009. Excluding these charges, expenses were $9.1 billion in 2010 compared with $8.5 billion in 2009, an increase of 6%. The increase reflects a 1% increase due to the impact of foreign currency exchange, a 3% increase due to the impact of acquisitions and a 2% increase in underlying expenses. The increase in underlying expenses is due to higher pension, travel and entertainment, outsourcing and other outside services costs.

Consolidated operating expenses decreased 10% in 2009 compared with the same period in 2008. In 2009, the Company recorded a $230 million charge, net of insurance recoveries, for the settlement of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits filed in 2004. Restructuring and other noteworthy charges in 2009 of $294 million decreased $138 million from charges of $432 million in 2008. Excluding these charges, expenses were $8.6 billion in 2009 compared with $9.6 billion in 2008, or a decrease of 11%. The decrease reflects a 4% decline due to the impact of foreign currency exchange, a 1% decline due to the impact of dispositions and a 5% decline in underlying expenses. The decrease in underlying expenses is due to generally lower expenses, primarily in base salary, employee benefits, travel and entertainment, outside services, facilities, equipment and recoverable expenses from clients.

Restructuring

Actions Initiated in 2010

In 2010, the Company implemented restructuring actions which resulted in costs totaling $114 million, primarily related to severance and benefits, and costs for future rent and other real estate costs. Approximately $63 million of these costs related to cost reduction activities for acquisitions made in 2010. These costs were incurred as follows: Risk and Insurance Services—$81 million comprising Marsh—$65 million (acquisition related—$46 million) and Guy Carpenter—$16 million (acquisition related—$6 million); Mercer—$25 million (acquisition related—$11 million); and Corporate—$8 million. These activities resulted in the elimination of approximately 450 positions at Marsh, 80 positions at Guy Carpenter, 240 positions at Mercer and 70 positions at Corporate. The annualized cost savings from these actions are expected to be approximately $100 million.

Actions Initiated Prior to 2010

Prior to 2010, the Company implemented several restructuring and cost-savings initiatives related to firm-wide infrastructure, organization structure and operating the Company’s business processes. During 2010, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $27 million in connection with actions initiated in prior years, primarily due to severance and related benefits and adjustments to the estimated future rent and real estate costs related to previously vacated space.

Businesses Exited

In February 2010, Kroll sold KLS, its substance abuse testing business for $110 million. On August 3, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Kroll to Altegrity for $1.13 billion. The account balances and

31

activities of Kroll and KLS have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements for all periods presented. The gain on the sale of Kroll and related tax benefits and the after- tax loss on the disposal of KLS, along with Kroll’s and KLS’s 2010 and comparative results of operations are included in discontinued operations.

During the second quarter of 2009, Kroll sold KGS. The results of operations and the loss on sale of KGS are included in discontinued operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company sold its U.S. and U.K. restructuring businesses to their respective management teams in separate leveraged buyouts. Based on the terms and conditions of the disposals, the Company determined it has “continuing involvement” in these businesses, as that term is used in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5e. Therefore, the results of these businesses, including the loss on disposal, are included in continuing operations. The Company recorded a loss of $28 million on the disposition of the U.K. Corporate Advisory and Restructuring businesses. The net assets of these U.K. businesses were written-off upon transfer to the new owners. The Company will earn royalties on future revenue of these businesses over the next two years. The royalties will be recognized when earned under the terms of the contract and when collectability is reasonably assured. Through December 31, 2010, the Company has recognized $11 million of royalty payments related to the U.K. businesses. The transfer of the U.S. restructuring business was financed with a seller note. If the Company receives interest and principal payments as scheduled for the U.S. business, it will recover the value of the net assets transferred to the new owners and recognize a gain on the disposal of $18 million.

In March 2010, the Company agreed to suspend collections of interest and principal payments on the seller financed note related to the U.S. restructuring business. The payments received prior to March 2010 were sufficient to allow the Company to recover the value of net assets transferred and recognize $1 million of gain. Although it is uncertain whether future payments will be received under the revised terms of the note, the Company has no remaining net investment in the U.S. restructuring business. Any future collections will be recognized as income, if and when received.

Risk and Insurance Services

In the Risk and Insurance Services segment, the Company’s subsidiaries and other affiliated entities act as brokers, agents or consultants for insureds, insurance underwriters and other brokers in the areas of risk management, insurance broking and insurance program management services, primarily under the name of Marsh; and engage in reinsurance broking, catastrophe and financial modeling services and related advisory functions, primarily under the name of Guy Carpenter.

Marsh and Guy Carpenter are compensated for brokerage and consulting services primarily through fees paid by clients and/or commissions paid out of premiums charged by insurance and reinsurance companies. Commission rates vary in amount depending upon the type of insurance or reinsurance coverage provided, the particular insurer or reinsurer, the capacity in which the broker acts and negotiations with clients. Revenues are affected by premium rate levels in the insurance/reinsurance markets, the amount of risk retained by insurance and reinsurance clients themselves and by the value of the risks that have been insured since commission based compensation is frequently related to the premiums paid by insureds/reinsureds. In many cases, fee compensation may be negotiated in advance, based on the types and amounts of risks to be analyzed by the Company and ultimately placed into the insurance market or retained by the client. The trends and comparisons of revenue from one period to the next will therefore be affected by changes in premium rate levels, fluctuations in client risk retention, and increases or decreases in the value of risks that have been insured, as well as new and lost business, and the volume of business from new and existing clients.

Marsh and Guy Carpenter receive interest income on certain funds (such as premiums and claims proceeds) held in a fiduciary capacity for others. The investment of fiduciary funds is regulated by state and other insurance authorities. These regulations typically provide for segregation of fiduciary funds and limit the types of investments that may be made with them. Interest income from these investments varies depending on the amount of funds invested and applicable interest rates, both of

32

which vary from time to time. For presentation purposes, fiduciary interest is segregated from the other revenues of Marsh and Guy Carpenter and separately presented within the segment, as shown in the revenue by segments charts earlier in this MD&A.

The results of operations for the Risk and Insurance Services segment are presented below:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Revenue	$	5,764		$	5,284		$	5,466
Compensation and Benefits		3,261			3,023			3,299
Other Operating Expenses		1,531			1,465			1,707
Expense		4,792			4,488			5,006
Operating Income	$	972		$	796		$	460
Operating Income Margin		16.9	%		15.1	%		8.4	%

Revenue

Revenue in Risk and Insurance Services increased 9% in 2010 compared with 2009 reflecting a 2% increase on an underlying basis, a 6% increase from acquisitions, and a 1% increase from the impact of foreign currency exchange translation.

In Marsh, revenue in 2010 was $4.7 billion, an increase of 10% from the same quarter of the prior year, reflecting 2% growth in underlying revenue, a 6% increase from acquisitions and a 1% increase resulting from the impact of foreign currency translation. The underlying revenue increase of 2% was achieved despite the economic environment and the soft pricing environment in the global property-casualty insurance market. Marsh increased revenues in all its geographies, reflecting new business growth of 8%. Underlying revenue increased 8% in Latin America, 7% in Asia Pacific, 1% in U.S. / Canada and 3% in EMEA.

Marsh completed several strategic acquisitions during 2010. In the first quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired Haake Companies, Inc., one of the largest insurance agencies in the Midwest, and Thomas Rutherfoord, Inc., one of the largest insurance broking firms in the Southeast and mid-Atlantic regions of the U.S. In the second quarter of 2010, Marsh completed the acquisition of HIBL, an international provider of risk intermediary and risk advisory services and the Bostonian Group, one of the largest regional insurance brokerages in New England. In the fourth quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired Trion, a large U.S. private benefit specialist and SBS, a Georgia-based benefits brokerage and consulting firm. In January 2011, Marsh acquired RJF Agencies, one of the largest independent insurance agencies in the upper Midwest. All of the acquisitions noted above, except HIBL relate to the Marsh & McLennan Agency. The Marsh & McLennan Agency acquisitions completed in 2010 have added approximately $200 million of annualized revenue.

In March 2010, Marsh announced its approach to market remuneration and contingent commissions in the U.S. As previously announced, Marsh and McLennan Agency and Marsh’s affinity, sponsored program and personal lines businesses accept contingent commissions. Marsh does not accept contingent commissions on any placement for any U.S. clients served by the firm’s core brokerage operation. Marsh will continue to collect enhanced commissions with respect to its core brokerage operations, which are fixed in advance of insurance transactions and are not related to volume, retention, growth or profitability.

Guy Carpenter’s revenue increased 7% to $975 million in 2010 compared with 2009, or 2% on an underlying basis. The increase in underlying revenue was due to continued strong new business and high client retention over the past two years. In April 2009, Guy Carpenter acquired John B. Collins Associates, Inc., previously the fifth-largest reinsurance intermediary in the U.S. and seventh-largest in the world. In October 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of London-based specialty reinsurance broker Rattner Mackenzie Limited from HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc.

33

Fiduciary interest income was $45 million in 2010, a decrease of 16% compared with 2009, driven by lower interest rates.

Revenue in Risk and Insurance Services decreased 3% in 2009 compared with 2008, reflecting a 4% negative impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, a 1% decrease on an underlying basis partly offset by a 2% increase from acquisitions.

In Marsh, revenue in 2009 decreased 5% from 2008, reflecting a 4% negative impact of foreign currency translation and a 1% decrease in underlying revenue. These results reflected the difficult economic environment, in addition to the pressure on insurance premium levels, commissions and fees. On a geographic basis, Marsh’s International revenue increased 2% on an underlying basis reflecting a 9% increase in Latin America and a 5% increase in Asia Pacific, reflecting strong new business growth on a global basis, partly offset by a decrease of 4% in the U.S. / Canada region.

Guy Carpenter’s revenue of $911 million in 2009 increased 13% compared with the prior year, or 8% on an underlying basis. The increase in underlying revenue was primarily due to higher client revenue retention and an increase in new business. As noted above, in April 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of John B. Collins Associates, Inc. and in October 2009, completed the acquisition of Rattner Mackenzie Limited. These acquisitions contributed 7% to the year-over-year revenue growth in 2009.

Fiduciary interest income for the Risk and Insurance Services segment was $54 million in 2009, a decrease of 61% compared with the same period of 2008, driven by lower interest rates.

Expense

Expenses in the Risk and Insurance Services segment increased 7% in 2010 compared with 2009, reflecting a 6% increase from acquisitions and a 1% increase due to the impact of foreign currency translation. Expenses on an underlying basis were flat, as higher pension related expenses, travel and entertainment, and outsourcing costs were offset by a $77 million decrease in restructuring and related charges.

Expenses in the Risk and Insurance Services segment decreased 10% in 2009, compared with the prior year. Underlying expenses decreased 8% with the remaining reduction due to the impact of foreign currency exchange of 4% partly offset by an increase of 1% due to the impact of acquisitions. The decline in underlying expenses reflects lower compensation and benefit costs due to reductions in the number of employees as a result of restructuring activities and a decrease in other operating cost categories. The decrease in other expenses includes a reduction in professional liability costs reflecting the impact of a $33 million charge recorded in the third quarter of 2008 and a reduction of $39 million in net settlement, legal and regulatory costs (reduced by insurance recoveries in 2009). The expense decrease also reflects lower restructuring and related charges in 2009 as compared with 2008.

Consulting

The Company conducts business in its Consulting segment through two main business groups. Mercer provides consulting expertise, advice, services and solutions in the areas of retirement, health & benefits, rewards, talent & communications, outsourcing, and investment consulting & management. Oliver Wyman Group provides specialized management and economic and brand consulting services.

The major component of revenue in the Consulting segment business is fees paid by clients for advice and services. Mercer, principally through its health & benefits line of business, also earns revenue in the form of commissions received from insurance companies for the placement of group (and occasionally individual) insurance contracts, primarily life, health and accident coverages. Revenue for Mercer’s investment management business and certain of Mercer’s outsourcing businesses consists principally of fees based on assets under management or administration.

Revenue in the Consulting segment is affected by, among other things, global economic conditions, including changes in clients’ particular industries and markets. Revenue is also affected by competition

34

due to the introduction of new products and services, broad trends in employee demographics, including levels of employment, the effect of government policies and regulations, and fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates. Revenues from the provision of investment management services and retirement trust and administrative services, which are expected to increase over time, are significantly affected by securities market performance.

The results of operations for the Consulting segment are presented below:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Revenue	$	4,835		$	4,609		$	5,196
Compensation and Benefits		2,974			2,917			3,204
Other Operating Expenses		1,732			1,287			1,437
Expense		4,706			4,204			4,641
Operating Income	$	129		$	405		$	555
Operating Income Margin		2.7	%		8.8	%		10.7	%

Revenue

Consulting revenue in 2010 increased 5% compared with 2009, or 3% on an underlying basis. Mercer’s revenue was $3.5 billion in 2010, an increase of 5%. On an underlying basis, Mercer’s revenue increased 2%. Within Mercer’s consulting lines, revenue on an underlying basis in 2010 was flat compared with 2009, reflecting increases of 5% in health and benefits and 2% in rewards, talent & communications, offset by a 4% decline in retirement. The growth in health and benefits was driven by increases in all geographies. The increase in rewards, talent & communications was driven by a resurgence of demand for compensation surveys partially offset by lower rewards and talent consulting assignments concentrated in the first half of the year. Outsourcing revenue increased 3% on an underlying basis, driven by new client wins primarily in Australia. Investment consulting & management revenue increased 16% on an underlying basis, due to strong growth in all geographies. Oliver Wyman’s revenue increased 6% to $1.4 billion in 2010, or 7% on an underlying basis, driven by double-digit revenue growth within its financial services practice. Other areas, including the healthcare, transportation and consumer sectors also generated double-digit revenue growth.

Consulting revenue in 2009 decreased 11% compared with the same period in 2008, or 7% on an underlying basis. Due to the difficult economic conditions, both Mercer and Oliver Wyman experienced decreased demand for consulting services in 2009. Mercer’s revenue decreased 9%, or 4% on an underlying basis, reflecting decreases in underlying revenue in consulting and outsourcing of 4% and 6%, respectively, partly offset by an increase in investment consulting and management of 6%. Within Mercer’s consulting lines, underlying revenue in retirement decreased 1% versus prior year, health and benefits decreased 1% and rewards, talent & communications decreased 17%. Oliver Wyman’s revenue decreased 17%, or 15% on an underlying basis, compared with the prior year.

Expense

Consulting expenses in 2010 increased 12% to $4.7 billion, or 10% on an underlying basis. Mercer recorded a net $400 million charge related to the Alaska settlement in 2010 and in 2009 recorded incremental costs of $30 million related to a professional liability settlement. Excluding these charges, expenses increased 3% on an underlying basis. This increase reflects the impact of higher pension related costs, meeting and training costs, recruitment and asset based fees partly offset by lower severance, restructuring and recoverable expenses from clients.

Consulting expenses decreased 9% in 2009 compared with the same period in 2008, reflecting a 4% decrease from the impact of foreign exchange rates and a 6% decrease on an underlying basis. The decline in underlying expenses reflects a decrease in base salaries and employee benefits due to decreased staff levels, along with cost reductions in all discretionary expense categories and lower recoverable expenses from clients. These decreases were partly offset by an increase in professional liability costs of approximately $30 million, primarily reflecting a legal settlement at Mercer, and higher severance costs at Oliver Wyman due to capacity reductions.

35

Corporate and Other

With the disposition of Kroll in August 2010, along with previous divestiture transactions between 2008 and 2010, the Company has now divested its entire Risk Consulting and Technology segment. As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, based on the terms and conditions of the divestitures of the CARG businesses in 2008, the Company determined it has “continuing involvement” in those businesses, as that term is used in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5e. Therefore, classification of the CARG businesses as discontinued operations is not appropriate, and their financial results in the current and prior periods are included in operating income. The runoff of the Company’s involvement in the CARG businesses is now managed by the Company’s corporate departments, and consequently, the financial results of these businesses are now included in “Corporate” for segment reporting purposes.

The following results of Corporate and Other includes the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring operations:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Corporate and Other:
Corporate Advisory and Restructuring
Revenue (a)	$	1		$	1		$	127
Expense		(9	)		4			208
Operating Income (Loss)		10			(3	)		(81	)
Corporate Expense		(172	)		(420	)		(255	)
Total Corporate and Other	$	(162	)	$	(423	)	$	(336	)

(a) Before intercompany eliminations

Corporate expenses in 2010 were $172 million compared to $420 million in 2009. The decrease is due to the impact of a $230 million net charge incurred in 2009 related to the settlement of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits. The decrease in Corporate expense in 2010 compared to 2009 also reflects the impact of lower restructuring charges partly offset by higher consulting fees. The decrease in Corporate Advisory and Restructuring expenses in 2010 is due to the impact of $10 million of payments received in 2010 related to the disposal of this unit in 2008 compared with $1 million in 2009. These payments are classified as a recovery of expenses previously incurred as a result of the disposal transaction.

Corporate expenses in 2009 were $420 million compared to $255 million in 2008. Expenses in 2009 include a $230 million charge related to the settlement of the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits described above. Restructuring and related charges in 2009 were $31 million compared with $85 million in 2008. Excluding these charges, expenses would have decreased 6%. This decrease is due to lower consulting and legal fees in 2009 compared to 2008. Expenses for the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring business reflect a goodwill impairment charge of $36 million in 2008.

Discontinued Operations

On August 3, 2010, the Company completed its sale of Kroll to Altegrity for cash proceeds of $1.13 billion. In the first quarter of 2010, Kroll completed the sale of KLS. The account balances and activities of Kroll and KLS have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009. The gain on the sale of Kroll and related tax benefits and the after-tax loss on the sale of KLS, along with Kroll’s and KLS’s 2010 and comparative results of operations are included in discontinued operations.

Discontinued operations in 2010 and 2009 includes the accretion of interest related to an indemnity for uncertain tax positions provided as part of the purchase by Great-West Lifeco, Inc. of Putnam Investments Trust from the Company in August 2007. Discontinued operations in 2010 includes $16 million for insurance recoveries for costs incurred in prior years related to Putnam.

In the second quarter of 2009 Kroll completed the sale of KGS. The loss on the sale of KGS and comparative results of operations are included in discontinued operations.

36

Results of discontinued operations in 2008 include the operating results of Kroll, KLS and KGS and the effects of three other discontinued operations—Putnam, Mediservice and Kroll Crucible—which are discussed in more detail below.

With regard to Putnam, discontinued operations in 2008 includes (1) the impact of immaterial corrections and other adjustments to the fourth quarter of 2007 tax provision related to the transaction, (2) adjustments to the tax provision to reflect differences between tax returns filed in 2008 and the initial estimated provisions, and (3) interest on liabilities for certain tax-related indemnities provided as part of the transaction. In the first quarter of 2008, Marsh completed the sale of Mediservice, a claims administration operation in Brazil. The gain on this disposal, net of tax, is included in discontinued operations in 2008. In the third quarter of 2008, Kroll completed the sale of Kroll Crucible (“Crucible”), a division of its government services operation. The loss on this disposal, net of tax, is included in discontinued operations in 2008.

Summarized Statements of Income data for discontinued operations is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Kroll Operations
Revenue	$	381		$	699		$	866
Expense (a)		345			958			1,281
Net operating income		36			(259	)		(415	)
Income tax		16			24			24
Income from Kroll operations, net of tax		20			(283	)		(439	)
Other discontinued operations, net of tax		(7	)		—			—
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		13			(283	)		(439	)
Disposals of discontinued operations (b)		58			8			29
Income tax (credit) expense (c)		(235	)		15			33
Disposals of discontinued operations, net of tax		293			(7	)		(4	)
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	306		$	(290	)	$	(443	)
Discontinued operations, net of tax per share
—Basic	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.83	)
—Diluted	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.84	)

(a) Includes goodwill impairment charges of $315 million and $504 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

(b) Includes gain on sale of Kroll and the gain on the sale of KLS in 2010 and a loss on the sale of Kroll Government Services in 2009.

(c) The income tax credit related to the disposal of discontinued operations for 2010 primarily represents the recognition of tax benefits related to the sale of Kroll, partly offset by a tax provision of $36 million related to the sale of KGS.

Other Corporate Items

Interest

Interest income earned on corporate funds amounted to $20 million in 2010 compared with $17 million in 2009. The increase is primarily due to higher non-U.S. interest rate yields in 2010 compared to 2009. Interest expense was $233 million in 2010 compared with $241 million in 2009. The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to the maturity of $550 million of senior notes in the third quarter of 2010.

Interest income earned on corporate funds amounted to $17 million in 2009, compared with $47 million in 2008. The decrease in interest income is due to lower average interest rates in 2009 compared with the prior year. Interest expense of $241 million in 2009 increased $21 million from the prior year. This increase is primarily due to the pre-funding in the first quarter of the $400 million of senior notes that matured in June 2009, the higher interest rate on the new bonds compared with those that matured, as well as higher interest expense associated with acquisition related liabilities. The Company used the proceeds of the newly issued senior notes to fund the maturity of $400 million of senior notes in June 2009.

37

Investment Income (Loss)

In 2010, investment income was $43 million compared with a loss of $2 million in 2009. The increase reflects the impact of mark-to-market gains in 2010 on Risk Capital Holdings’ private equity investments compared to losses in 2009, and gains realized from the sale of equity securities in 2010.

In 2009, investment losses were $2 million compared with a $12 million loss in the prior year. The decrease reflects lower mark-to-market declines on Risk Capital Holdings’ private equity investments recorded in 2009 compared with 2008, and gains realized from the sale of equity securities in 2009.

Income Taxes

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate in 2010 was 26.5%. The tax rate reflects foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate.

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate in 2009 was 3.8%. The tax rate reflects reductions relating to a decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. The decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulted from expiring statutes of limitations, audit settlements and changes in estimates.

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate in 2008 was 22.9%. The tax rate reflects foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. rate. It also reflects a federal benefit on deferred state taxes, largely offset by other deferred tax adjustments.

The lower tax rate generally attributed to the Company’s foreign operations reflects income taxed at rates lower than the 35% U.S. federal tax rate, net of the U.S. tax impact of repatriation of foreign earnings. The reduced effective tax rate primarily reflects lower corporate tax rates that prevail outside of the U.S., enhanced by planning that further reduces the impact of taxes worldwide. Under current U.S. tax law, the Company anticipates its non-U.S. operations will continue to incur taxes at rates under 35%, although the percentage impact on the tax rate is expected to moderate as increases in U.S. pretax income change the geographic mix of income.

Nevertheless, the effective tax rate is expected to remain significantly variable for the foreseeable future. The rate is sensitive to the geographic mix and repatriation of the Company’s earnings, which may have a favorable or unfavorable impact on the rate. This also could result in foreign tax credit carryforwards arising in future periods for which a valuation allowance may be required. Losses in certain jurisdictions cannot be offset by earnings from other operations, and may require valuation allowances affecting the rate, depending on estimates of the realizability of associated deferred tax assets. The tax rate is also sensitive to changes in unrecognized tax benefits, including the impact of settled tax audits and expired statutes of limitation.

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the tax benefits are deductible or creditable. The Company and Marsh have been profitable globally. However, tax liabilities are determined and assessed on a legal entity and jurisdictional basis. Certain taxing jurisdictions allow or require combined or consolidated tax filings. In the United States, certain groups within the Company, which file on a combined basis, and certain entities within Marsh’s operations, which file on a separate entity basis, incurred losses for the last two years as well as the current year. The Company assessed the realizability of its domestic deferred tax assets, particularly state deferred tax assets of Marsh relating to jurisdictions in which it files separate tax returns, state deferred tax assets of all of the Company domestic operations related to jurisdictions in which the Company files a unitary or combined state tax return, and foreign tax credit carryforwards in the Company’s consolidated U.S. federal tax return. When making its assessment about the realization of its domestic deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, the Company considered all available evidence, placing particular weight on evidence that could be objectively verified. The evidence considered included (i) the nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting losses, (ii) actions completed that are designed to reduce capacity and adjust to lower demand in the current economic environment, (iii) profit trends evidenced by recent improvements in the Company’s and Marsh’s operating performance, (iv) the nonrecurring nature of some of the items

38

that contributed to the losses, (v) the carryforward periods for the net operating losses (“NOLs”) and foreign tax credit carryforwards, (vi) the sources and timing of future taxable income, giving weight to sources according to the extent to which they can be objectively verified, and (vii) tax planning strategies that would be implemented, if necessary, to accelerate utilization of NOLs. Based on its assessment, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that a substantial portion of these deferred tax assets are realizable and a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the domestic tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized. In the event sufficient taxable income is not generated in future periods, additional valuation allowances of up to approximately $250 million could be required relating to these domestic deferred tax assets. The realization of the remaining U.S. federal deferred tax assets is not as sensitive to U.S. profits because it is supported by anticipated repatriation of future earnings from the Company’s profitable global operations. In addition, when making its assessment about the realization of its domestic deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, the Company continued to assess the realizability of deferred tax assets of certain other entities with a history of recent losses, including other U.S. entities that file separate state tax returns and foreign subsidiaries, and recorded valuation allowances as appropriate.

Changes in tax laws or tax rulings may have a significant adverse impact on our effective tax rate. For example, proposals for fundamental U.S. international tax reform, such as the recent proposal by President Obama’s Administration, if enacted, could have a significant adverse impact on the effective tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s liquidity needs are primarily for operating expenses, servicing debt, funding pension obligations, paying dividends on outstanding stock, funding acquisitions and capital expenditures. As a holding company, the Company’s primary source for meeting these requirements is cash flows from operating subsidiaries. Other sources of liquidity include borrowing facilities discussed below in financing cash flows.

Cash on our consolidated balance sheet includes funds available for general corporate purposes. Funds held on behalf of clients in a fiduciary capacity are segregated and shown separately in the consolidated balance sheet as an offset to fiduciary liabilities. Fiduciary funds cannot be used for general corporate purposes, and should not be considered as a source of liquidity for the Company.

Operating Cash Flows

The Company generated $722 million of cash from operations in 2010 compared with $640 million in 2009. These amounts reflect the net income reported by the Company during those periods, excluding gains or losses from investments and the disposition of businesses, adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in working capital which relate, primarily, to the timing of payments for accrued liabilities or receipts of assets. Cash generated from the disposition of businesses is included in investing cash flows. In December 2009, the Company paid $435 million into settlement funds related to the securities and ERISA class action lawsuits described above. Through December 31, 2009, the Company had collected $163 million of the total $230 million recovery from its insurers and the remaining $67 million was collected in January 2010.

On June 11, 2010, the Company resolved the litigation brought by the Alaska Retirement Management Board (“ARMB”) on behalf of two Alaska benefit plans against Mercer, relating to work in the period 1992 to 2004. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, Mercer paid $500 million, of which $100 million was covered by insurance. The Company recorded a tax benefit of $277 million related to the disposition of Kroll and a $160 million tax benefit related to the cost of the Alaska Settlement. Approximately $50 million of the tax benefits related to the Kroll disposition were realized during 2010 and approximately $230 million is expected to be realized in the first half of 2011.

Pension Related Items

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company contributed $200 million to its U.S. Retirement Plan. The Company realized a tax benefit on this contribution of approximately $70 million in 2010. During 2010,

39

the Company contributed $221 million to its U.S. pension plans (including the $200 million discussed above) and approximately $237 million to non-U.S. pension plans, compared with $22 million for U.S. plans and $400 million for non-U.S. plans in 2009.

The Company’s expected funding for its U.S. non-qualified and non-U.S. pension plans in 2011 is approximately $20 million and $300 million, respectively. The Company’s policy for funding its tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the funding requirements set forth in U.S. and applicable foreign laws. There currently is no ERISA funding requirement for the U.S. qualified plan for 2010 or 2011. Funding requirements for non-U.S. plans vary by country. Contribution rates are determined by the local actuaries based on local funding practices and statutory requirements, which may differ from measurements under U.S. GAAP. Funding amounts may be influenced by future asset performance, the level of discount rates and other variables impacting the assets and/or liabilities of the plan. In addition, amounts funded in the future, to the extent not due under regulatory requirements, may be affected by alternative uses of the Company’s cash flows, including dividends, investments and share repurchases.

During 2010, the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets experienced investment gains of 14.4% in the U.S. and 13.5% in the U.K., our largest plan.

Pension liabilities are impacted by, among other things, the discount rate set as of year-end. In addition, the year-over-year change in the funded status of the plans is impacted by the variance between actual and assumed results, particularly with regard to return on assets and changes in the discount rate, as well as the amount of Company contributions, if any. Unrecognized actuarial losses at December 31, 2010 were approximately $1.3 billion for the U.S. plans and $2.3 billion for the non-U.S. plans. Over the past several years, the amount of actuarial losses has been significantly impacted, both positively and negatively, by actual asset performance and changes in discount rates. In 2008, severe downturns in the global equity markets resulted in market declines of 18% in the U.S. and 14% in the U.K. (our largest plan). This was partly offset by asset returns which exceeded the assumed rates of return in 2009 and 2010 in both the U.S. and the U.K. In addition, the discount rate used to measure plan liabilities declined in the U.S. in each of the last three years. A decline in the discount rate increases the measured plan liability, resulting in actuarial losses. In the U.K., asset losses in 2008 were partly offset by an increase in the discount rate. However, the discount rate in the U.K. declined in each of the last two years.

Overall, the Company’s pension expense is expected to increase in 2011 by approximately $60 million before the partly-offsetting impacts on bonuses and other incentive compensation and possible movements in foreign exchange rates.

The Company’s accounting policies for its defined benefit pension plans, including the selection of and sensitivity to assumptions, are discussed below under Management’s Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies. For additional information regarding the Company’s retirement plans, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

Financing Cash Flows

Net cash used for financing activities was $1.1 billion in 2010 compared with $464 million of net cash used for financing activities in 2009. The Company reduced outstanding debt by approximately $550 million, $10 million and $260 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Debt

During 2010, the Company’s 5.15% ten-year fixed rate $550 million senior notes matured. The Company used a portion of the cash received from the Kroll disposition to fund the maturity of those notes.

During 2009, the Company’s 7.125% ten-year $400 million bond matured. The Company used cash on hand as well as the proceeds from the issuance of 9.25% ten-year $400 million senior notes in the first quarter to manage liquidity, including the funding of the maturing notes.

40

During 2008, the Company’s 3.625% five-year fixed rate $250 million senior notes matured. The Company used cash on hand to manage liquidity, including the repayment of these notes.

In the first quarter of 2009, Marsh acquired the remaining minority interest of a previously majority owned entity for total purchase consideration of $47 million reflecting cash paid of $24 million and future consideration of $23 million, of which $15 million was paid in the first quarter of 2010.

On October 23, 2009, the Company and certain of its foreign subsidiaries entered into a new $1.0 billion multi-currency three-year unsecured revolving credit facility, which replaced the $1.2 billion facility that was previously in place. The interest rate on this facility varies based upon the Company’s credit ratings and the Company’s credit default swap levels, subject to floors and caps. The facility requires the Company to maintain certain coverage and leverage ratios which are tested quarterly. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2010.

The Company’s senior debt is currently rated Baa2 by Moody’s and BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. The Company’s short-term debt is currently rated P-2 by Moody’s and A-3 by Standard & Poor’s. The Company carries a stable outlook from Moody’s and a negative outlook from Standard & Poor’s.

The Company also maintains other credit facilities, guarantees and letters of credit with various banks, primarily related to operations located outside the United States, aggregating $272 million at December 31, 2010 and $250 million at December 31, 2009. There were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities at December 31, 2010.

Share Repurchases

On September 15, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $500 million share repurchase program. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company repurchased 3.4 million of its common stock for total consideration of $85.5 million. The repurchase authorization does not have a time limit.

Dividends

The Company paid total dividends of $452 million in 2010 ($0.81 per share), $431 million in 2009 ($0.80 per share) and $412 million ($0.80 per share) in 2008.

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash provided by investing activities amounted to $535 million in 2010. This compares with $236 million of net cash used for investing activities in 2009. The Company made eight acquisitions in 2010. Cash used for these acquisitions, net of cash acquired, was $427 million compared with $67 million used for acquisitions in 2009. In addition, the Company issued approximately 7.6 million shares of common stock with an acquisition date value of $183 million, and recorded a liability of $81 million for estimated contingent purchase consideration related to the acquisitions completed in 2010. In 2010, the Company also paid $60 million of deferred purchase consideration, $3 million for other intangible assets and $2 million of contingent purchase consideration related to acquisitions made in prior years. Remaining deferred cash payments of $189 million for acquisitions completed in 2010 and in prior years are recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010. The Company paid contingent consideration of $6 million in 2009.

Cash provided by the sale of securities was $32 million and $42 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company received $1.13 billion from its disposition of Kroll, which closed on August 3, 2010 and $110 million from the disposition of KLS which closed in the second quarter of 2010. In 2009, the Company received $70 million related to the disposition of KGS.

The Company’s additions to fixed assets and capitalized software, which amounted to $271 million in 2010 and $305 million in 2009, primarily relate to computer equipment purchases, the refurbishing and modernizing of office facilities and software development costs. These amounts include additions related to Kroll, which is included in discontinued operations, of $13 million and $44 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.

41

The Company has committed to potential future investments of approximately $81 million in connection with its investments in Trident II and other funds managed by Stone Point Capital, LLC. The majority of the Company’s investment commitments for funds managed by Stone Point Capital, LLC are related to Trident II, the investment period for which is now closed for new investments. No significant future capital calls related to Trident II are expected.

Commitments and Obligations

The following identifies the Company’s future contractual obligations by the types identified in the table below as of December 31, 2010:

	Payment due by Period
Contractual Obligations (In millions of dollars)	Total		Within 1 Year		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		After 5 Years
Current portion of long-term debt	$	8	$	8	$	—	$	—	$	—
Long-term debt		3,034		—		519		1,420		1,095
Interest on long-term debt		1,511		185		340		276		710
Net operating leases		2,596		368		618		445		1,165
Service agreements		433		127		134		71		101
Other long-term obligations		189		46		130		12		1
Total	$	7,771	$	734	$	1,741	$	2,224	$	3,072

The above does not include unrecognized tax benefits of $199 million as the Company is unable to reasonably predict the timing of settlement of these liabilities, other than approximately $30 million that may become payable during 2010. The above does not include the indemnified liabilities discussed in Note 16 as the Company is unable to reasonably predict the timing of settlement of these liabilities. The above does not include pension liabilities of $935 million because the timing and amount of ultimate payment of such liability is dependent upon future events, including, but not limited to, future returns on plan assets, and changes in the discount rate used to measure the liabilities. The amounts of estimated future benefits payments to be made from plan assets are disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company expects to contribute approximately $20 million and $300 million in 2011 to its U.S. non-qualified and non-U.S. pension plans, respectively.

Market Risk and Credit Risk

Certain of the Company’s revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and equity markets.

Interest Rate Risk and Credit Risk

The Company has historically managed its net exposure to interest rate changes by utilizing a mixture of variable and fixed rate borrowings to finance the Company’s asset base. During 2007, virtually all of the Company’s variable rate borrowings were repaid. In January 2011, the Company entered into two 3.5 year interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of the first $250 million of its 5.375% senior notes due in 2014. Under the terms of the swap, the counterparties will pay the Company a fixed rate of 5.375% and the Company will pay interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus a fixed spread of 3.726%. The swaps are designated as fair value hedging instruments and are deemed to be perfectly effective in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

Interest income generated from the Company’s cash investments as well as invested fiduciary funds will vary with the general level of interest rates, particularly short-term interest rates.

The Company had the following investments subject to variable interest rates:

(In millions of dollars)	December 31, 2010
Cash and cash equivalents invested in money market funds, certificates of deposit and time deposits	$	1,894
Fiduciary cash and investments	$	3,824

42

These investments and debt instruments are discussed more fully in Note1 to the consolidated financial statements appearing in Item 8 of this report.

Based on the above balances, if short-term interest rates increased or decreased by 10%, or 13 basis points, over the course of the year, annual interest income, including interest earned on fiduciary funds, would increase or decrease by approximately $5 million.

In addition to interest rate risk, our cash investments and fiduciary fund investments are subject to potential loss of value due to counterparty credit risk. To minimize this risk, the Company and its subsidiaries invest pursuant to a Board-approved investment policy. The policy mandates the preservation of principal and liquidity and requires broad diversification with counterparty limits assigned based primarily on credit rating and type of investment. The Company carefully monitors its cash and fiduciary fund investments and will further restrict the portfolio as appropriate to market conditions. The majority of cash and fiduciary funds are invested in short-term bank deposits and liquid money market funds.

Foreign Currency Risk

The translated values of revenue and expense from the Company’s international operations are subject to fluctuations due to changes in currency exchange rates. The non-U.S. based revenue that is exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations is approximately 56% of total revenue. Note 17 details revenue by geographic area. We periodically use forward contracts and options to limit foreign currency exchange rate exposure on net income and cash flows for specific, clearly defined transactions arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company has significant revenue generated in foreign locations which is subject to foreign exchange rate fluctuations, in most cases both the foreign currency revenue and expenses are in the functional currency of the foreign location. As such, the U.S. dollar translation of both the revenues and expenses, as well as the potentially offsetting movements of various currencies against the U.S. dollar, generally tends to mitigate the impact on net operating income of foreign currency risk. The Company estimates that a 10% movement of major foreign currencies (Euro, Sterling, Australian dollar and Canadian dollar) in the same direction against the U.S. dollar that held constant over the course of the year would increase or decrease full year net operating income by approximately $50 million.

Equity Price Risk

The Company holds investments in public and private companies, as well as in certain private equity funds managed by Stone Point Capital. Publicly traded investments of $23 million are classified as available for sale. Non-publicly traded investments of $39 million are accounted for using the cost method and $168 million are accounted for using the equity method. The investments that are classified as available for sale or that are not publicly traded are subject to risk of changes in market value, which if determined to be other than temporary, could result in realized impairment losses. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of such investments to determine if any valuation adjustments are appropriate under the applicable accounting pronouncements.

Other

A number of lawsuits and regulatory proceedings are pending. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management considers the policies discussed below to be critical to understanding the Company’s financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, and requires management to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

43

Legal and Other Loss Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to numerous claims, lawsuits and proceedings including claims for errors and omissions. GAAP requires that liabilities for contingencies be recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred before the balance sheet date and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant management judgment is required to apply this guidance. The Company analyzes its litigation exposure based on available information, including consultation with internal and external counsel handling the defense of these matters, to assess its potential liability.

In addition, to the extent that insurance coverage is available, significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of recoveries that are probable of collection under the Company’s various insurance programs.

Retirement Benefits

The Company maintains qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension and defined contribution plans for its eligible U.S. employees and a variety of defined benefit and defined contribution plans for its eligible non-U.S. employees. The Company’s policy for funding its tax qualified defined benefit retirement plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the funding requirements set forth in U.S. and applicable foreign laws.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its overfunded defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans as a net benefit plan asset and its unfunded and underfunded plans as a net benefit plan liability. The gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that have not been recognized as components of net periodic costs are recorded as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), net of tax, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The determination of net periodic pension cost is based on a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate and assumed rate of salary increase. Significant assumptions used in the calculation of net periodic pension costs and pension liabilities are disclosed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes the assumptions for each plan are reasonable and appropriate and will continue to evaluate actuarial assumptions at least annually and adjust them as appropriate. Based on its current assumptions, the Company expects pension expense in 2011 to increase approximately $60 million compared with 2010 before partly-offsetting impacts of bonuses and other incentive compensation and possible movements in foreign exchange rates.

Future pension expense or credits will depend on plan provisions, future investment performance, future assumptions and various other factors related to the populations participating in the pension plans. Holding all other assumptions constant, a half-percentage point change in the rate of return on plan assets and discount rate assumptions would affect net periodic pension cost for the U.S. and U.K. plans, which together comprise approximately 87% of total pension plan liabilities, as follows:

	0.5 Percentage Point Increase						0.5 Percentage Point Decrease
(In millions of dollars)	U.S.			U.K.			U.S.		U.K.
Assumed Rate of Return on Plan Assets	$	(17	)	$	(27	)	$	17	$	27
Discount Rate	$	(43	)	$	(41	)	$	47	$	43

Changing the discount rate and leaving the other assumptions constant may not be representative of the impact on expense, because the long-term rates of inflation and salary increases are often correlated with the discount rate.

The Company contributes to certain health care and life insurance benefits provided to its retired employees. The cost of these postretirement benefits for employees in the U.S. is accrued during the period up to the date employees are eligible to retire, but is funded by the Company as incurred. The key assumptions and sensitivity to changes in the assumed health care cost trend rate are discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

44

Income Taxes

The Company tax rate reflects its income, statutory tax rates and tax planning in the various jurisdictions in which it operates. Significant judgment is required in determining the annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertain tax positions. The Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. We determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position derive from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more likely than not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period and involve significant management judgment. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustments may result, for example, upon resolution of an issue with the taxing authorities, or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue.

Tax law requires items be included in the Company’s tax returns at different times than the items are reflected in the financial statements. As a result, the annual tax expense reflected in the consolidated statements of income is different than that reported in the tax returns. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in the returns, and some differences are temporary and reverse over time, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in the financial statements for which payment has been deferred, or expense for which a deduction has been taken already in the tax return but the expense has not yet been recognized in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in tax returns in future years for which a benefit has already been recorded in the financial statements. In assessing the need for and amount of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized and adjusts the valuation allowance accordingly. The Company evaluates all significant available positive and negative evidence, including the existence of losses in recent years and its forecast of future taxable income by jurisdiction, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The Company also considers tax-planning strategies that would result in realization of deferred tax assets, and the presence of taxable income in prior carryback years if carryback is permitted under the appropriate tax law. The underlying assumptions the Company uses in forecasting future taxable income require significant judgment and take into account the Company’s recent performance. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences or carryforwards are deductible or creditable. Valuation allowances are established for deferred tax assets when it is estimated that it is more likely than not future taxable income will be insufficient to fully use a deduction or credit in that jurisdiction.

Fair Value Determinations

Investment Valuation—The Company holds investments in both public and private companies, as well as certain private equity funds. The majority of the public investments are accounted for as available for sale securities. Certain investments, primarily investments in private equity funds, are accounted for using the equity method. Although not directly recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, the Company defined benefit pension plans hold investments of approximately $10 billion. The fair value of these investments determines, in part, the over-or under-funded status of those plans,

45

which is included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its investments to determine if any valuation adjustments are appropriate under the applicable accounting pronouncements. The Company bases its review on the facts and circumstances as they relate to each investment. Fair value of investments in private equity funds is determined by the funds’ investment managers. Factors considered in determining the fair value of private equity investments include: implied valuation of recently completed financing rounds that included sophisticated outside investors; performance multiples of comparable public companies; restrictions on the sale or disposal of the investments; trading characteristics of the securities; and the relative size of the holdings in comparison to other private investors and the public market float. In those instances where quoted market prices are not available, particularly for equity holdings in private companies, or formal restrictions limit the sale of securities, significant management judgment is required to determine the appropriate value of the Company’s investments. The Company reviews with the fund manager the appropriateness of valuation results for significant private equity investments.

Goodwill Impairment Testing—The Company is required to assess goodwill and any indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company performs the annual impairment test for each of its reporting units during the third quarter of each year. Fair values of the reporting units are estimated using a market approach or a discounted cash flow model. Carrying values for the reporting units are based on balances at the prior quarter end and include directly identified assets and liabilities, as well as an allocation of those assets and liabilities not recorded at the reporting unit level. The Company performed interim goodwill impairment assessments in its Risk Consulting & Technology segment which resulted in an impairment charge of $315 million recorded in the first quarter of 2009 and impairment charges totaling $540 million recorded in the first and second quarters of 2008. Impairment charges included in discontinued operations were $315 million and $504 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Risk Consulting & Technology segment was effectively disposed of with the sale of Kroll in August of 2010. The Company completed its 2010 annual review in the third quarter of 2010 and concluded that goodwill was not impaired. The fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by a substantial margin. The fair value estimates used in this assessment are dependent upon assumptions and estimates about the future profitability and other financial ratios of our reporting units, as well as relevant financial data, recent transactions and market valuations of comparable public companies.

Share-based Payment

The guidance for accounting for share-based payments requires, among other things, that the estimated fair value of stock options be charged to earnings. Significant management judgment is required to determine the appropriate assumptions for inputs such as volatility and expected term necessary to estimate option values. In addition, management judgment is required to analyze the terms of the plans and awards granted thereunder to determine if awards will be treated as equity awards or liability awards, as defined by the accounting guidance.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $23.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards. The weighted-average periods over which the costs are expected to be recognized is 1.7 years. Also as of December 31, 2010, there was $206 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s restricted stock, restricted stock unit and deferred stock unit awards.

See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding guidance for accounting for share-based payments.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Note 1 contains a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their impact or potential future impact on the Company’s financial results, if determinable.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

See the information set forth under the heading “Market Risk and Credit Risk” above under Part II, Item 7 (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”).

46

Item 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions, except per share figures)	2010			2009			2008
Revenue	$	10,550		$	9,831		$	10,730
Expense:
Compensation and benefits		6,465			6,182			6,830
Other operating expenses		3,146			2,871			3,221
Operating expenses		9,611			9,053			10,051
Operating income		939			778			679
Interest income		20			17			47
Interest expense		(233	)		(241	)		(220	)
Investment income (loss)		43			(2	)		(12	)
Income before income taxes		769			552			494
Income taxes		204			21			113
Income from continuing operations		565			531			381
Discontinued operations, net of tax		306			(290	)		(443	)
Net income (loss) before non-controlling interests		871			241			(62	)
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests		16			14			11
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	855		$	227		$	(73	)
Basic net income (loss) per share
—Continuing operations	$	1.01		$	0.97		$	0.70
—Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	1.56		$	0.43		$	(0.13	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share
—Continuing operations	$	1.00		$	0.96		$	0.70
—Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	1.55		$	0.42		$	(0.14	)
Average number of shares outstanding— Basic		540			522			514
— Diluted		544			524			515
Shares outstanding at December 31,		541			530			514

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

47

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,894		$	1,707
Receivables
Commissions and fees		2,544			2,298
Advanced premiums and claims		96			86
Income tax receivable		323			175
Other		186			272
		3,149			2,831
Less—allowance for doubtful accounts and cancellations		(114	)		(107	)
Net receivables		3,035			2,724
Current assets of discontinued operations		—			221
Other current assets		347			279
Total current assets		5,276			4,931
Goodwill and intangible assets		6,823			6,219
Fixed assets, net		822			850
Pension related assets		265			94
Deferred tax assets		1,205			1,234
Non-current assets of discontinued operations		—			1,085
Other assets		919			924
	$	15,310		$	15,337
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt	$	8		$	558
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		1,741			1,751
Accrued compensation and employee benefits		1,294			1,290
Accrued income taxes		62			—
Liabilities of discontinued operations		—			116
Total current liabilities		3,105			3,715
Fiduciary liabilities		3,824			3,559
Less—cash and investments held in a fiduciary capacity		(3,824	)		(3,559	)
		—			—
Long-term debt		3,026			3,034
Pension, postretirement and postemployment benefits		1,211			1,182
Liability for errors and omissions		430			518
Other liabilities		1,123			1,025
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $1 par value, authorized 6,000,000 shares, none issued		—			—
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized 1,600,000,000 shares, issued 560,641,640 shares at 2010 and 2009		561			561
Additional paid-in capital		1,185			1,211
Retained earnings		7,436			7,033
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(2,300	)		(2,171	)
Non-controlling interests		47			35
		6,929			6,669
Less—treasury shares at cost, 20,132,120 at 2010 and 30,967,116 at 2009		(514	)		(806	)
Total equity		6,415			5,863
	$	15,310		$	15,337

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

48

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Operating cash flows:
Net income (loss) before non-controlling interests		$   871		$	241		$	(62	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operations:
Goodwill impairment charge		—			315			540
Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and capitalized software		291			307			332
Amortization of intangible assets		66			58			72
Provision for deferred income taxes		16			42			103
(Gains)/losses on investments		(40	)		8			20
(Gains)/losses on disposition of assets		(17	)		56			52
Stock option expense		18			11			34
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Net receivables		(216	)		(81	)		270
Other current assets		51			(28	)		(18	)
Other assets		(216	)		118			(106	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		(55	)		124			(149	)
Accrued compensation and employee benefits		(13	)		92			(76	)
Accrued income taxes		32			(95	)		(159	)
Other liabilities		(145	)		(487	)		(119	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		79			(41	)		206
Net cash provided by operations		722			640			940
Financing cash flows:
Purchase of treasury shares		(86	)		—			—
Proceeds from issuance of debt		—			398			—
Repayments of debt		(559	)		(408	)		(260	)
Purchase of non-controlling interests		(15	)		(24	)		—
Shares withheld for taxes on vested units—treasury shares		(59	)		(33	)		(39	)
Issuance of common stock		41			34			68
Dividends paid		(452	)		(431	)		(412	)
Net cash used for financing activities		(1,130	)		(464	)		(643	)
Investing cash flows:
Capital expenditures		(271	)		(305	)		(386	)
Net sales of long-term investments		91			53			97
Proceeds from sales of fixed assets		6			7			11
Dispositions		1,202			75			56
Acquisitions		(492	)		(73	)		(126	)
Other, net		(1	)		7			—
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		535			(236	)		(348	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(10	)		152			(397	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		117			92			(448	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		1,777			1,685			2,133
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$1,894		$	1,777		$	1,685
Cash and cash equivalents—reported as discontinued operations		—			70			47
Cash and cash equivalents—continuing operations		$1,894		$	1,707		$	1,638

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

49

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions, except per share figures)	2010			2009			2008
Common Stock
Balance, beginning and end of year	$	561		$	561		$	561
Additional Paid-In Capital
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,211		$	1,245		$	1,242
Change in accrued stock compensation costs		6			54			11
Issuance of shares under stock compensation plans and employee stock purchase plans and related tax benefits/deficiencies		(17	)		2			(8	)
Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interests		—			(38	)		—
Issuance of shares for acquisitions		(15	)		(52	)		—
Balance, end of year	$	1,185		$	1,211		$	1,245
Retained Earnings
Balance, beginning of year	$	7,033		$	7,237		$	7,732
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company (a)		855			227			(73	)
Dividend equivalents paid		(15	)		(14	)		(10	)
Dividends declared—(per share amounts: $.81 in 2010, $.80 in 2009 and 2008)		(437	)		(417	)		(412	)
Balance, end of year	$	7,436		$	7,033		$	7,237
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance, beginning of year	$	(2,171	)	$	(2,098	)	$	(351	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments (b)		(27	)		346			(770	)
Unrealized investment holding (losses) gains, net of reclassification adjustments (c)		(12	)		(2	)		11
Net changes under benefit plans, net of tax (d)		(90	)		(417	)		(988	)
Balance, end of year	$	(2,300	)	$	(2,171	)	$	(2,098	)
Treasury Shares
Balance, beginning of year	$	(806	)	$	(1,223	)	$	(1,362	)
Purchase of treasury shares		(86	)		—			—
Issuance of shares for acquisitions		198			281			—
Issuance of shares under stock compensation plans and employee stock purchase plans		180			136			139
Balance, end of year	$	(514	)	$	(806	)	$	(1,223	)
Non-Controlling Interests
Balance, beginning of year	$	35		$	38		$	31
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests, net of discontinued operations (e)		16			14			11
Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interests		—			(8	)		—
Other changes		(4	)		(9	)		(4	)
Balance, end of period	$	47		$	35		$	38
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$	6,415		$	5,863		$	5,760
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) (a+b+c+d+e)	$	742		$	168		$	(1,809	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

50

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations:  Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), a global professional services firm, is organized based on the different services that it offers. Under this organizational structure, the Company’s two business segments are Risk and Insurance Services and Consulting. As discussed below, on August 3, 2010 the Company completed the sale of Kroll, the Company’s former Risk Consulting & Technology segment, to Altegrity, Inc. (“Altegrity”).

As discussed in Note 5, the Company disposed of several businesses from 2008 through 2010, which are classified as discontinued operations in these financial statements.

The Risk and Insurance Services segment provides risk management and insurance broking, reinsurance broking and insurance program management services for businesses, public entities, insurance companies, associations, professional services organizations, and private clients. The Company conducts business in this segment through Marsh and Guy Carpenter.

In the first quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired Haake Companies, Inc., an insurance broking firm in the Midwest region and Thomas Rutherfoord, Inc., an insurance broking firm in the Southeast and mid-Atlantic regions of the U.S. In the second quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired HSBC Insurance Brokers Ltd., an international provider of risk intermediary and risk advisory services and the Bostonian Group Insurance Agency, Inc. and Bostonian Solutions, Inc. (collectively the “Bostonian Group”), a regional insurance brokerage in New England. In the fourth quarter of 2010 Marsh acquired Trion, a U.S. private benefits specialist and SBS, a Georgia-based benefits brokerage and consulting firm. In January 2011, Marsh acquired RJF Agencies, an independent insurance agency in the upper Midwest.

In April 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of John B. Collins Associates, Inc., previously the fifth-largest reinsurance intermediary in the U.S. and seventh-largest in the world. In October 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of London-based specialty reinsurance broker Rattner Mackenzie Limited from HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc. In September 2009, Marsh acquired International Advisory Services, Ltd., an independent manager of captives and third-party insurance companies in Bermuda. In December 2009, Marsh acquired the NIA Group, LLC, an independent insurance agency in the Northeast.

The Consulting segment provides advice and services to the managements of organizations in the area of human resource consulting, comprising retirement and investments, health and benefits, outsourcing and talent; and strategy and risk management consulting, comprising management, economic and brand consulting. The Company conducts business in this segment through Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group. In July 2010, Mercer acquired Innovative Process Administration (“IPA”), a provider of health and benefit recordkeeping and employee enrollment technology. In August 2010, Mercer acquired ORC Worldwide, a premier provider of HR knowledge, data and solutions for professionals in numerous industries. In the first quarter of 2011 Mercer acquired Hammond Associates, an investment consulting company for endowments and foundations in the U.S.

In the first quarter of 2010, Kroll completed the sale of KLS. On August 3, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Kroll to Altegrity for cash consideration of $1.13 billion. The account balances and activities of Kroll and KLS were segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009. The gain on the sale of Kroll and related tax benefits and the after-tax loss on the sale of KLS, along with Kroll’s and KLS’s 2010 comparative results of operations are included in discontinued operations in 2010.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the principal operations within the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring business (“CARG”) were divested. Additionally, two small residual corporate advisory and restructuring businesses were exited in the first quarter of 2009. Based on the terms and conditions of the divestures, the Company determined it has “continuing involvement” in the divested businesses, as that term is used in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5e. Therefore, classification of the corporate

51

advisory and restructuring businesses as discontinued operations is not appropriate and their financial results in the current and prior periods are included in operating income.

With the sale of Kroll in August 2010, along with previous divestiture transactions between 2008 and 2010, the Company has now divested its entire Risk Consulting & Technology segment. The run-off of the Company’s involvement in the CARG businesses is now managed by the Company’s corporate departments, and consequently, the financial results of these businesses are now included in “Corporate” for segment reporting purposes.

Principles of Consolidation:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Fiduciary Assets and Liabilities:  In its capacity as an insurance broker or agent, the Company collects premiums from insureds and, after deducting its commissions, remits the premiums to the respective insurance underwriters. The Company also collects claims or refunds from underwriters on behalf of insureds.

Unremitted insurance premiums and claims are held by the Company in a fiduciary capacity. The Company also collects claims or refunds from underwriters on behalf of insureds. Risk and Insurance Services revenue includes interest on fiduciary funds of $45 million in 2010, $54 million in 2009 and $139 million in 2008. The Consulting segment recorded fiduciary interest income of $4 million in 2010 and 2009 and $10 million in 2008. Since fiduciary assets are not available for corporate use, they are shown in the balance sheet as an offset to fiduciary liabilities.

Fiduciary assets include approximately $283 million and $577 million of fixed income securities classified as available for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Unrealized gains or losses from available for sale securities are recorded in other comprehensive income until the securities are disposed of, or mature. Unrealized gains, net of tax, on these securities were $5 million and $12 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net uncollected premiums and claims and the related payables were $9.1 billion and $9.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is not a principal to the contracts under which the right to receive premiums or the right to receive reimbursement of insured losses arises. Net uncollected premiums and claims and the related payables are, therefore, not assets and liabilities of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In certain instances, the Company advances premiums, refunds or claims to insurance underwriters or insureds prior to collection. These advances are made from corporate funds and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as receivables.

Revenue:  Risk and Insurance Services revenue includes insurance commissions, fees for services rendered and interest income on certain fiduciary funds. Insurance commissions and fees for risk transfer services generally are recorded as of the effective date of the applicable policies or, in certain cases (primarily in the Company reinsurance operations), as of the effective date or billing date, whichever is later. Commissions are net of policy cancellation reserves, which are estimated based on historic and current data on cancellations. Fees for non-risk transfer services provided to clients are recognized over the period in which the services are provided, using a proportional performance model. Fees resulting from achievement of certain performance thresholds are recorded when such levels are attained and such fees are not subject to forfeiture.

As part of the sale of MMC Capital in 2005, the Company retained the right to receive certain performance fees related to the Trident II and Trident III private equity partnerships. The Company has deferred the recognition of such performance fee revenue of $84 million at December 31, 2010. This revenue is based on the investment performance over the life of each private equity fund, and future declines in fund performance from current levels may result in the forfeiture of such revenue. The Company recognizes performance fee revenue when such fees are no longer subject to forfeiture, which for the $84 million noted above, may take a number of years to resolve.

52

Consulting revenue includes fees paid by clients for advice and services and commissions from insurance companies for the placement of individual and group contracts. Fee revenue for engagements where remuneration is based on time plus out-of-pocket expenses is recognized based on the amount of time consulting professionals expend on the engagement. For fixed fee engagements, revenue is recognized using a proportional performance model. Revenue from insurance commissions not subject to a fee arrangement is recorded over the effective period of the applicable policies. Revenues for asset based fees are recognized on an accrual basis by applying the daily/monthly rate as contractually agreed with the client to the net asset value. On a limited number of engagements, performance fees may also be earned for achieving certain pre-determined performance criteria. Such fees are recognized when the performance criteria have been achieved and agreed to by the client. Expenses incurred by professional staff in the generation of revenue are billed to the client and included in revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of certificates of deposit and time deposits, with original maturities of three months or less, and money market funds.

Fixed Assets:  Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized. Upon sale or retirement, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in income. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Depreciation of buildings, building improvements, furniture, and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of these assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods covered by the applicable leases or the estimated useful life of the improvement, whichever is less. The Company periodically reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes indicate that the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable.

The components of fixed assets are as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009
Furniture and equipment	$	1,079		$	1,049
Land and buildings		402			410
Leasehold and building improvements		752			723
		2,233			2,182
Less-accumulated depreciation and amortization		(1,411	)		(1,332	)
	$	822		$	850

Investment Securities:  The Company holds investments in both public and private companies, as well as certain private equity funds. Publicly traded investments are classified as available for sale and carried at market value. Non-publicly traded investments are carried at cost. Changes in the fair value of available for sale securities are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of applicable taxes, until realized. Securities classified as available for sale or carried at cost are considered long-term investments and are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Certain investments, primarily investments in private equity funds, are accounted for under the equity method using a consistently applied three-month lag period adjusted for any significant changes from the lag period to the reporting date of the Company. The underlying private equity funds follow investment company accounting, where securities within the fund are carried at net asset value. The Company records its proportionate share of the change in fair value of the funds in earnings which amounted to gains/(losses) of $32 million, $(6) million and $(11) million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Securities recorded using the equity method are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Gains, net of incentive compensation, or losses recognized in earnings from the investment securities described above are included in investment income (loss) in the consolidated statements of income. Costs related to management of the Company’s investments, including incentive compensation partially derived from investment income and (loss), are recorded in operating expenses.

53

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:  Goodwill represents acquisition costs in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment. The Company performs an annual impairment test for each of its reporting units during the third quarter of each year. Fair values of the reporting units are estimated using either a market approach or a discounted cash flow model. Carrying values for the reporting units are based on balances at the prior quarter end and include directly identified assets and liabilities as well as an allocation of those assets and liabilities not recorded at the reporting unit level. Other intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated lives and reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events in accordance with applicable accounting literature. The Company had no indefinite lived identified intangible assets at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

Capitalized Software Costs:  The Company capitalizes certain costs to develop, purchase or modify software for the internal use of the Company. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to ten years. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and post implementation stage, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized. Costs related to updates and enhancements are only capitalized if they will result in additional functionality. Capitalized computer software costs of $215 million and $214 million, net of accumulated amortization of $572 million and $505 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Legal and Other Loss Contingencies:  The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to a significant number of claims, lawsuits and proceedings. The Company records liabilities for contingencies including legal costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred before the balance sheet date and the amount can be reasonably estimated. To the extent such losses can be recovered under the Company’s insurance programs, estimated recoveries are recorded when losses for insured events are recognized and the recoveries are probable of realization. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of such contingent liabilities and the related insurance recoveries. The Company analyzes its litigation exposure based on available information, including consultation with outside counsel handling the defense of these matters, to assess its potential liability. Contingent liabilities are not discounted.

Income Taxes:  The Company’s tax rate reflects its income, statutory tax rates and tax planning in the various jurisdictions in which it operates. Significant judgment is required in determining the annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertain tax positions and company ability to realize deferred tax assets.

The Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position derive from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more likely than not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based upon the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based upon new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustments may result, for example, upon resolution of an issue with the taxing authorities, or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Tax law requires items be included in the Company’s tax returns at different times than the items are reflected in the financial statements. As a result, the annual tax expense reflected in the consolidated statements of income is different than that reported in the tax returns. Some of these differences are

54

permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in the returns, and some differences are temporary and reverse over time, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in tax returns in future years for which benefit has already been recorded in the financial statements. Valuation allowances are established for deferred tax assets when it is estimated that future taxable income will be insufficient to use a deduction or credit in that jurisdiction. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in the financial statements for which payment has been deferred, or expense for which a deduction has been taken already in the tax return but the expense has not yet been recognized in the financial statements.

Derivative Instruments:  All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value attributable to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:  Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, commissions and fees receivable and insurance recoverables. The Company maintains a policy providing for the diversification of cash and cash equivalent investments and places its investments in a large number of high quality financial institutions to limit the amount of credit risk exposure. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are generally limited due to the large number of clients and markets in which the Company does business, as well as the dispersion across many geographic areas.

Per Share Data:  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the guidance for the calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) for share-based payment awards with rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. The guidance indicates that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and should be included in the computation of basic and dilutive EPS using the two-class method. The adoption of this new guidance did not have an impact on the fiscal year 2008 for EPS from continuing operations, discontinued operations and net income because the treasury stock method was more dilutive.

Basic net income per share attributable to the Company and income from continuing operations per share are calculated by dividing the respective after-tax income attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

Diluted net income attributable to the Company per share and income from continuing operations per share are calculated by dividing the respective after-tax income attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, which have been adjusted for the dilutive effect of potentially issuable common shares (excluding those that are considered participating securities). The diluted earnings per share calculation reflects the more dilutive effect of either (a) the two-class method that assumes that the participating securities have not been exercised or (b) the treasury stock method. Reconciliation of the applicable income components used for diluted earnings per share and basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding is presented below. The following information represents the Company’s current presentation:

Basic EPS Calculation Continuing Operations
(In millions)	2010		2009		2008
Income from continuing operations	$	565	$	531	$	381
Less:    Non-controlling interests		16		14		11
Income from continuing operations attributable to the Company		549		517		370
Less:    Portion attributable to participating securities		6		12		9
Income attributable to common shares	$	543	$	505	$	361
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		540		522		514

55

Basic EPS Calculation Net Income
(In millions)	2010		2009		2008
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	855	$	227	$	(73	)
Less:    Portion attributable to participating securities		11		4		(6	)
Net income (loss) attributable to common shares	$	844	$	223	$	(67	)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		540		522		514

Diluted EPS Calculation Continuing Operations
(In millions, except per share figures)	2010		2009		2008
Income from continuing operations	$	565	$	531	$	381
Less:     Non-controlling interests		16		14		11
Income from continuing operations attributable to the Company		549		517		370
Less:    Portion attributable to participating securities		6		12		9
Income attributable to common shares	$	543	$	505	$	361
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		540		522		514
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable common shares		4		2		1
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		544		524		515
Average stock price used to calculate common stock equivalents	$	23.76	$	21.44	$	27.24

Diluted EPS Calculation Net Income
(In millions, except per share figures)	2010		2009		2008
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	855	$	227	$	(73	)
Less:    Portion attributable to participating securities (1)		11		4		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shares	$	844	$	223	$	(73	)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		540		522		514
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable common shares		4		2		—
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		544		524		514
Average stock price used to calculate common stock equivalents	$	23.76	$	21.44	$	27.24

(1) For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, earnings per share was more dilutive under the treasury stock method. Therefore, no amounts are allocated to participating securities for that period.

There were 43.4 million, 46.4 million and 50.7 million stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were 1 million common stock equivalents in 2008 that would have increased diluted weighted average common shares outstanding; however, they have not been included in the calculation since the Company reported a net loss.

Estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may vary from those estimates.

New Accounting Pronouncements:  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance issued by the FASB for Business Combinations. The guidance requires entities in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose all information needed by investors and other users to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. The

56

Company made several acquisitions in 2010 and 2009 that were accounted for under the new Business Combination guidance, which are discussed in more detail in Note 4.

In December 2010, the FASB issued amendments to the guidance for pro-forma disclosures arising from business combinations. The amendments specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro-forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro-forma revenue and earnings. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s future disclosures.

On April 1, 2009, the FASB issued guidance for “Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies” to address application issues raised by preparers, auditors and attorneys. The guidance requires recognition of contingent assets or liabilities (arising from a business combination contingency) at fair value, at the acquisition date if the acquisition-date fair value of the asset or liability can be determined during the measurement period; or if the following criteria are met:

(a) Information available before the end of the measurement period indicates that it is probable that an asset existed or that a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and

(b) The amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated.

Otherwise, the acquirer should not recognize an asset or liability as of the acquisition date. The guidance is effective for business combinations occurring on or after January 1, 2009. This new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or reported results.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company adopted the guidance issued by the FASB for Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments. It amends GAAP guidance including SEC SAB Topic 5M and other authoritative literature that allow the holders of debt securities not to recognize other-than-temporary impairments based on their intent and ability to hold a security until recovery in fair value to its amortized cost. The other-than-temporary impairment model applies only to debt securities and not equity securities. The new requirements are (a) whether an entity has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) whether an entity will more likely than not be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The guidance requires recognition of a credit loss (the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) through earnings. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or reported results.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the guidance for calculating EPS using the two-class method with retroactive application to prior periods. The impact of adopting the guidance is discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued new guidance related to the Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”). The new guidance focuses on “controlling financial interests” and requires companies to perform qualitative analysis to determine whether they must consolidate a VIE by assessing whether the variable interests give them controlling financial interests in the VIE. This guidance is effective for transfers occurring on or after November 15, 2009. Provisions must be applied in annual reporting periods beginning after November 15, 2009 and interim periods within that annual period. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Also, effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance that indefinitely defers the above changes relating to the Company’s interests in entities that have all the attributes of an investment company or for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting that

57

are consistent with those applied by an investment company. Mercer manages approximately $12 billion of assets in trusts or funds for which Mercer’s management or trustee fee is considered a variable interest. Mercer has no net investment in any of these funds, and its maximum exposure to loss is limited to collection of its fees. As a result, the above guidance did not apply to certain investment management trusts managed by Mercer.

In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance that adds additional disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 items and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements related to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Further, the new guidance amends the requirements on employer’s disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. This guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 31, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB amended its guidance on revenue recognition regarding multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The guidance is effective prospectively for arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance.

On April 29, 2010, the FASB issued guidance which establishes a revenue recognition model for contingent consideration that is payable upon the achievement of an uncertain future event, referred to as a milestone. The scope of this guidance is limited to research or development arrangements and requires an entity to record the milestone payment in its entirety in the period received if the milestone meets all the necessary criteria to be considered substantive. However, entities would not be precluded from making an accounting policy election to apply another appropriate accounting policy that results in the deferral of some portion of the arrangement consideration. This is effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those fiscal years) beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early application is permitted. Entities can apply this guidance prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption. However, retrospective application to all prior periods is also permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance.

In May 2010, the FASB issued guidance for foreign currency issues and Venezuela’s highly inflationary status. The guidance states that Venezuela’s economy should be considered highly inflationary as of January 1, 2010 and therefore a U.S. dollar reporting entity must remeasure the financial statements of its Venezuelan subsidiaries as if the subsidiaries’ functional reporting currency were the entity’s reporting currency (i.e., the U.S. dollar). Any differences between the U.S. dollar denominated balances recorded by the Venezuelan subsidiaries and the amounts reported in the entity’s consolidated financial statements must be recognized in earnings or as part of its cumulative translation adjustment. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance to clarify when to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. This guidance is not currently applicable to the Company, since all reporting units have positive carrying amounts.

Reclassifications:  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform with current year presentation, in particular with regard to separate disclosure of income taxes receivable on the consolidated balance sheets.

58

2.    Supplemental Disclosures

The following schedule provides additional information concerning acquisitions, interest and income taxes paid:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Assets acquired, excluding cash	$	867		$	420		$	249
Liabilities assumed		(176	)		(24	)		(78	)
Shares issued (7.6 million and 10.7 million shares in 2010 and 2009, respectively)		(183	)		(229	)		—
Contingent/deferred purchase consideration		(81	)		(100	)		(45	)
Net cash outflow for current year acquisitions		427			67			126
Purchase of other intangibles		3			—			—
Contingent payments from prior year acquisitions		2			6			—
Deferred purchase consideration from prior year acquisitions		60			—			—
Net cash outflow for acquisitions	$	492		$	73		$	126

(In millions of dollars)	2010		2009		2008
Interest paid	$	232	$	230	$	216
Income taxes paid	$	39	$	219	$	200

The Company had non-cash issuances of common stock under its share-based payment plan of $182 million, $123 million and $103 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company recorded stock based compensation expense related to equity awards of $174 million, $193 million, and $76 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The consolidated cash flow statements include the cash flow impact of discontinued operations in each cash flow category. The cash flow impact of discontinued operations from the operating, financing and investing cash flow categories is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Net cash (used for) provided by operations	$	(6	)	$	50		$	69
Net cash used for investing activities	$	(14	)	$	(42	)	$	(47	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	$	(2	)	$	5		$	(8	)

The information above excludes the cash flow impacts of actual disposal transactions related to discontinued operations because the Company believes these transactions to be cash flows attributable to the parent company, arising from its decision to dispose of the discontinued operation. The Company’s cash flow reflects the cash provided by investing activities in 2010 of $1.13 billion from the disposal of Kroll and $110 million for the disposition of KLS, $75 million primarily from the disposal of Kroll Government Services (“KGS”) in 2009 and $56 million from the disposal of Mediservice and Kroll Crucible in 2008.

An analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Balance at beginning of year	$	107		$	93		$	109
Provision charged to operations		20			23			9
Accounts written-off, net of recoveries		(26	)		(14	)		(12	)
Effect of exchange rate changes and other		13			5			(13	)
Balance at end of year	$	114		$	107		$	93

59

3.    Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of income tax (credit) expense of $(7), $54 and $(14) in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively)	$	(27	)	$	346		$	(770	)
Unrealized investment holding (losses) gains, net of income tax credit (expense) of $2, $2 and $(4) in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively		(7	)		(1	)		12
Less:    Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains) included in net income, net of income tax expense of $3, $1 and $1 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively		(5	)		(1	)		(1	)
Losses related to pension/retiree plans (net of income tax credit of $56, $172 and $562 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively)		(90	)		(417	)		(988	)
Other comprehensive loss		(129	)		(73	)		(1,747	)
Net income (loss) before non-controlling interests		871			241			(62	)
Comprehensive income (loss) before non-controlling interests	$	742		$	168		$	(1,809	)
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests		(16	)		(14	)		(11	)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	726		$	154		$	(1,820	)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of deferred tax of $10 and $17 in 2010 and 2009, respectively)	$	62		$	89
Net unrealized investment gains (net of deferred tax of $5 and $10 in 2010 and 2009, respectively)		11			23
Net charges related to pension / retiree plans (net of deferred tax (credit) of $(1,173) and $(1,117) in 2010 and 2009, respectively)		(2,373	)		(2,283	)
	$	(2,300	)	$	(2,171	)

4.    Acquisitions

The Company made six acquisitions in its Risk and Insurance Services segment and two acquisitions in its Consulting segment in 2010.

In the first quarter of 2010, Marsh acquired Haake Companies, Inc., an independent insurance broking firm in the Midwest, and Thomas Rutherfoord, Inc., an insurance broking firm in the Southeast and mid-Atlantic regions in the U.S. In the second quarter of 2010, Marsh completed the acquisition of HSBC Insurance Brokers Ltd. (“HIBL”). This transaction deepens Marsh’s presence in the U.K., Hong Kong, Singapore, China and the Middle East. As part of the acquisition agreement, Marsh also entered into a strategic partnership with HSBC Bank that gives the Company preferred access to provide insurance broking and risk management services to HSBC and their corporate and private clients. Also in the second quarter, Marsh & McLennan Agency acquired the Bostonian Group, a regional insurance brokerage in New England. In the fourth quarter of 2010 Marsh acquired Strategic Benefits Solutions, Inc., a benefits brokerage and consulting firm located in the Southeast region of the U.S., and Trion Group, Inc., a provider of brokerage and administrative services. Each of these acquisitions, except HIBL, were made to expand Marsh’s share in the middle-market through Marsh & McLennan Agency.

In July 2010, Mercer acquired IPA, a provider of health and benefit recordkeeping and employee enrollment technology. In August 2010, Mercer acquired ORC Worldwide, a premier provider of HR knowledge, data and solutions for professionals in numerous industries.

Total purchase consideration for the eight acquisitions made during 2010 was $754 million which consisted of cash paid of $490 million, the issuance of 7.6 million shares with a fair value of $183

60

million and estimated contingent consideration of $81 million. Contingent consideration arrangements are primarily based on EBITDA and revenue targets over two to four years. The fair values of the contingent consideration were based on earnings projections of the acquired entities and are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are subject to adjustment when purchase accounting is finalized.

In 2010, the Company also paid $60 million of deferred purchase consideration, $3 million for the purchase of other intangible assets and $2 million of contingent purchase consideration related to acquisitions made in prior years.

During 2009, the Company made six acquisitions in its Risk and Insurance Services segment.

In April 2009, Guy Carpenter completed the acquisition of John B. Collins Associates, Inc., previously the fifth-largest reinsurance intermediary in the U.S. and seventh-largest in the world. The acquisition of Collins further strengthens Guy Carpenter’s capabilities in medical professional liability, agriculture, Florida property, Program and regional specialty lines of business.

In July 2009, Marsh acquired RJ Neville and Associates, a boutique insurance and risk management firm based in Brisbane. The acquisition, which is part of a broader growth strategy, will build the firm’s book of business in the Brisbane area.

In September 2009, Marsh completed the acquisition of International Advisory Services Ltd. (IAS), an independent manager of captive and third-party insurance companies in Bermuda. The acquisition strengthens Marsh’s position as a global leader in managing captive insurance companies and its rank as Bermuda’s largest captive management organization.

In October 2009, Guy Carpenter acquired Rattner Mackenzie Limited, a reinsurance broker based in London. The acquisition was made in line with Guy Carpenter’s strategic growth approach whereby organic expansion is augmented by acquisitions.

In November 2009, Marsh acquired Insurance Alliance, an independent insurance agency in Texas. In December 2009, Marsh acquired The NIA Group, LLC, an independent insurance agency in the Northeast. These transactions marked the beginning of planned strategic acquisitions as Marsh & McLennan Agency builds a national business to serve the needs of small to mid-sized companies across the United States.

Total purchase consideration for the 2009 acquisitions was $414 million which consisted of cash paid of $85 million, the issuance of 10.7 million shares amounting to $229 million and future payouts of $100 million.

In the first quarter of 2009, the Company acquired the remaining minority interest of a previously majority owned entity for total purchase consideration of $47 million. The Company accounted for this acquisition under the guidance for consolidations and non-controlling interests that became effective in 2009. This guidance requires that changes in a parent’s ownership interest while retaining financial controlling interest in a subsidiary be accounted for as an equity transaction. Stepping up the acquired assets to fair value or the recording of goodwill is not permitted. Therefore, the Company recorded a decrease to additional paid-in capital in 2009 of $38 million related to this transaction.

61

The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the acquisition costs for the companies acquired by the Company during 2010 to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values.

(In millions of dollars)
Cash	$	490
Company common shares		183
Contingent consideration		81
Total Consideration	$	754
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash and cash equivalents		63
Accounts receivable, net		106
Other current assets		2
Property, plant, and equipment		10
Other assets		36
Intangible assets		213
Goodwill		500
Total assets acquired		930
Current liabilities		110
Other liabilities		66
Total liabilities assumed		176
Net assets acquired	$	754

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company paid deferred purchase consideration of $15 million related to the purchase in 2009 of the minority interest of a previously controlled entity, discussed above.

Pending Acquisitions

In January 2011, Marsh announced that it had acquired RJF Agencies, a provider of property and casualty insurance and employee benefits to middle market companies in the Midwest region. Also in January 2011, Mercer announced that it had completed the acquisition of Hammond Associates, the third largest investment consulting company for endowments and foundations in the U.S.

Pro-Forma Information

The following unaudited pro-forma financial data gives effect to the acquisitions made by the Company during 2009, 2010 and 2011, as if they occurred on January 1, 2009. The pro-forma information adjusts for the effects of amortization of acquired intangibles. The pro-forma information also reflects the classification of Kroll’s operating results in discontinued operations for all periods presented. The unaudited pro-forma financial data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved if such acquisitions had occurred on the dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of future consolidated results.

	Year Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)		2010		2009
Revenue	$	10,786	$	10,436
Income from continuing operations	$	579	$	572
Net income attributable to the Company	$	869	$	268
Basic net income per share:
—Continuing operations	$	1.03	$	1.02
—Net income attributable to the Company	$	1.58	$	0.49
Diluted net income per share:
—Continuing operations	$	1.02	$	1.01
—Net income attributable to the Company	$	1.57	$	0.49

62

5.    Discontinued Operations

On August 3, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Kroll to Altegrity for cash proceeds of $1.13 billion. Kroll’s assets and liabilities are reported in discontinued operations at December 31, 2009. The pre-tax gain of $25 million, the tax benefit related to the disposal, Kroll’s results through August 3, 2010, and Kroll’s operating results in 2009 and 2008 are included in discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The Company’s tax basis in its investment in the stock of Kroll exceeded the recorded amount primarily as a result of prior impairments of goodwill recognized for financial reporting, but not for tax. Prior to the second quarter of 2010, a tax benefit had not been recorded for this temporary difference because it was not apparent in the foreseeable future that it would reverse in a transaction that would result in a tax benefit. Since Kroll met the criteria for classification as a discontinued operation in the second quarter of 2010, the Company determined that it had the ability to carry back the capital loss realized against prior realized capital gains. Therefore, a $277 million tax benefit was recorded in discontinued operations in 2010. The sale of Kroll resulted in the current realization of a portion of this tax benefit. The benefit has been recovered in part through offset of capital gains arising in 2010, and the remainder of the loss to be carried back has been established as a current tax receivable, which is expected to be recovered in the second quarter of 2011.

In the first quarter of 2010, Kroll completed the sale of KLS. The after-tax loss on this disposal is included in discontinued operations in 2010. The operating results of KLS are included in discontinued operations.

Discontinued operations in 2010 and 2009 includes the accretion of interest related to an indemnity for uncertain tax positions provided as part of the purchase by Great-West Lifeco Inc. of Putnam Investments Trust from the Company in August 2007. Discontinued operations in 2010 also include $16 million for insurance recoveries related to Putnam market-timing.

In the second quarter of 2009 Kroll completed the sale of Kroll Government Services (“KGS”). The operating results of KGS are included in discontinued operations in 2009 and 2008.

In 2008, discontinued operations also includes Putnam, Mediservice and Kroll Crucible which are discussed in more detail below.

With regard to Putnam, discontinued operations in 2008 includes (1) the impact of immaterial corrections and other adjustments to the fourth quarter of 2007 tax provision related to the transaction, (2) adjustments to the tax provision to reflect differences between tax returns filed in 2008 and the initial estimated provisions, and (3) interest on liabilities for certain tax-related indemnities provided as part of the transaction. In the first quarter of 2008, Marsh completed the sale of Mediservice, a claims administration operation in Brazil. The gain on this disposal, net of tax, is included in discontinued operations in 2008. In the third quarter of 2008, Kroll completed the sale of Kroll Crucible (“Crucible”), a division of its government services operation. The loss on this disposal, net of tax, is included in discontinued operations in 2008.

As part of the disposal of Putnam, the Company provided indemnities to GWL with respect to certain Putnam-related litigation and regulatory matters described in Note 16, and certain indemnities related to contingent tax liabilities (the “indemnified matters”). The Company estimated the “fair value” of the indemnities based on a (i) probability weighted assessment of possible outcomes; or (ii) in circumstances where the probability or amounts of potential outcomes could not be determined, an analysis of similar but not identical circumstances prepared by a company-affiliated professional economic valuation firm. The amounts recognized are the greater of the estimated fair value of the indemnity or the amount required to be recorded per the guidelines for accounting for contingencies or the accounting for income taxes (for tax-related matters). The remaining liability related to these indemnities was approximately $195 million at December 31, 2010. This liability considers the potential settlement amount as well as related defense costs. The matters for which indemnities have been provided are inherently uncertain as to their eventual outcome. The process of estimating “fair value” entails necessarily uncertain assumptions about such future outcomes. Consequently, the ultimate resolution of the matters for which indemnities have been provided may well vary significantly from the calculated liabilities.

63

The indemnities described above do not have a stated expiration date. The Company is released from risk under the indemnity as the indemnified matters are settled or otherwise resolved. Since the Company is not released from risk under the indemnities simply based on the passage of time, future costs of settlements and/or legal fees related to the indemnified matters will be charged against the liability so long as they are consistent with the estimated exposure contemplated for such matters when the liability was established. The Company assesses the status of the indemnified matters each reporting period to determine whether to cease reduction of the liability, and/or whether additional accruals are appropriate for non-tax related matters or for tax related matters. Any future charges or credits resulting from the settlement or resolution of the indemnified matters, or any adjustments to the liabilities related to such matters will be recorded in discontinued operations.

Kroll, KLS, KGS and Kroll Crucible were part of the Company’s Risk Consulting & Technology segment. The Company has now divested its entire Risk Consulting & Technology segment.

Summarized Statements of Income data for discontinued operations is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Kroll Operations
Revenue	$	381		$	699		$	866
Expense (a)		345			958			1,281
Net operating income		36			(259	)		(415	)
Income tax		16			24			24
Income from Kroll operations, net of tax		20			(283	)		(439	)
Other discontinued operations, net of tax		(7	)		—			—
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		13			(283	)		(439	)
Disposals of discontinued operations (b)		58			8			29
Income tax (credit) expense (c)		(235	)		15			33
Disposals of discontinued operations, net of tax		293			(7	)		(4	)
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	306		$	(290	)	$	(443	)
Discontinued operations, net of tax per share
—Basic	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.83	)
—Diluted	$	0.55		$	(0.54	)	$	(0.84	)

(a) Includes goodwill impairment charge of $315 million and $504 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

(b) Includes gain on sale of Kroll and the gain on the sale of KLS in 2010 and a loss on the sale of Kroll Government Services in 2009.

(c) Includes the provision /(credit) for income taxes relating to the recognition of tax benefits recorded in connection with the sale of Kroll as well as a tax provision of $36 million on the sale of KLS in 2010.

The assets and liabilities of Kroll and KLS are classified as current assets, non-current assets and current liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009. The assets of Kroll primarily consist of goodwill, other identified intangible assets, commissions and fees receivable and fixed assets.

6.    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company is required to assess goodwill and any indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company performs the annual impairment test for each of its reporting units during the third quarter of each year. Fair values of the reporting units are estimated using either a market approach or a discounted cash flow model. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Carrying values for the reporting units are based on balances at the prior quarter end and include directly identified assets and liabilities as well as an allocation of those assets and liabilities not recorded at the reporting unit level. The Company completed its 2010 annual review in the third quarter of 2010 and concluded goodwill was not impaired.

64

The Company completed the sale of Kroll on August 3, 2010. Goodwill related to Kroll has been reflected as assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2009.

As previously reported, in the second quarter of 2009, Kroll completed the sale of KGS, its U.S. government security clearance screening business. As a result of the sale, the Company allocated goodwill between KGS (the portion of the reporting unit sold) and Kroll (the portion of the reporting unit retained), based on the relative fair value of the two units. In addition, as required under GAAP, the Company evaluated the portion of the reporting unit retained for potential impairment. Fair value was estimated using a market approach, based on management’s latest projections and outlook for the businesses in the current environment. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. On the basis of the step one impairment test, the Company concluded that goodwill in the reporting unit was impaired. A step two impairment test which under ASC Topic No. 350 (“Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”) is required to be completed after an impairment is indicated in a step one test and requires a complete re-valuation of all assets and liabilities of the reporting units in the same manner as a business combination. The Company recorded a non-cash charge of $315 million to write down Kroll’s goodwill to its estimated fair value in 2009. The charge of $315 million is included in discontinued operations, which also includes the operating results of Kroll.

In March 2008, the Company announced a management reorganization within the Risk Consulting & Technology segment, whereby two separate units were formed, each reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. These units are: (i) Kroll, which includes litigation support and data recovery, background screening, and risk mitigation and response; and (ii) Corporate Advisory and Restructuring. As a result of the management reorganization, the Company conducted an interim goodwill assessment for the new reporting units within the Risk Consulting & Technology segment in the first quarter of 2008. Fair value was estimated using a market approach, based on management’s latest projections and outlook for the businesses in the current environment at that time. In particular, events impacting the mortgage markets negatively impacted Kroll Factual Data, and the environment for Corporate Advisory and Restructuring was difficult. On the basis of the step one impairment test, the Company concluded that goodwill in the segment was impaired, and recorded a charge of $425 million in the first quarter of 2008 to reflect the estimated amount of the impairment. Due to the timing of the trigger event and subsequent completion of the step one test, the Company was unable to complete the required step two portion of the impairment assessment prior to the issuance of its first quarter 2008 financial statements. The Company recorded an additional impairment charge of $115 million in the second quarter of 2008. The Company included $504 million of the goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2008 in discontinued operations.

Other intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated lives and reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events in accordance with applicable accounting literature.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009
Goodwill recorded (a)	$	5,990		$	7,365
Accumulated impairment losses		—			(540	)
Balance as of January 1, as reported		5,990			6,825
Goodwill acquired		502			250
Goodwill impairment related to discontinued operations		—			(315	)
Reclassified to discontinued operations		—			(845	)
Other adjustments (b)		(72	)		75
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	6,420		$	5,990

(a) Amounts in 2010 exclude goodwill and accumulated impairment losses related to Kroll, which were reclassified to discontinued operations.

(b) Primarily foreign exchange.

65

The goodwill acquired of $502 million in 2010 represents $468 million related to the Risk and Insurance Services segment and $34 million related to the Consulting segment.

Goodwill related to Kroll of approximately $800 million at December 31, 2009 is included in non-current assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill allocable to the Company’s reportable segments is as follows: Risk and Insurance Services $4.4 billion and Consulting $2.0 billion.

Amortized intangible assets consist of the cost of client lists, client relationships and trade names acquired. The gross cost and accumulated amortization is as follows:

	2010						2009
December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Gross Cost		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Gross Cost		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount
Amortized intangibles	$	615	$	212	$	403	$	395	$	166	$	229

Aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $50 million, $26 million and $36 million, respectively, and the estimated future aggregate amortization expense is as follows:

For the Years Ending December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Estimated Expense
2011	$	49
2012		46
2013		42
2014		36
2015		33
Subsequent years		197
	$	403

7.    Income Taxes

Income before income taxes shown below is based on the geographic location to which such income is attributable. Although income taxes related to such income may be assessed in more than one jurisdiction, the income tax provision corresponds to the geographic location of the income.

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Income before income taxes:
U.S.	$	(296	)	$	(438	)	$	(439	)
Other		1,065			990			933
	$	769		$	552		$	494
Income taxes:
Current–
U.S. Federal	$	(90	)	$	(308	)	$	(98	)
Other national governments		249			264			141
U.S. state and local		21			15			26
		180			(29	)		69
Deferred–
U.S. Federal		(28	)		16			(24	)
Other national governments		50			39			120
U.S. state and local		2			(5	)		(52	)
		24			50			44
Total income taxes	$	204		$	21		$	113

66

The significant components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities and their balance sheet classifications are as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010		2009
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses not currently deductible	$	524	$	530
Differences related to non-U.S. operations (a)		310		316
Accrued retirement & postretirement benefits—non-U.S. operations		45		80
Accrued retirement benefits U.S.		344		359
Net operating losses (b)		190		115
Income currently recognized for tax		57		67
Foreign tax credit carryforwards		129		60
Other		181		164
	$	1,780	$	1,691

Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized investment holding gains	$	6	$	12
Differences related to non-U.S. operations		174		174
Depreciation and amortization		203		153
Other		15		20
	$	398	$	359

(a) Net of valuation allowances of $3 million and $2 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b) Net of valuation allowances of $47 million and $52 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010		2009
Balance sheet classifications:
Current assets	$	177	$	98
Other assets	$	1,205	$	1,234

U.S. Federal income taxes are not provided on temporary differences with respect to investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration, which at December 31, 2010 amounted to approximately $3.6 billion. The determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability with respect to these investments is not practicable.

A reconciliation from the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is shown below.

For the Years Ended December 31,	2010			2009			2008
	%			%			%
U.S. Federal statutory rate		35.0			35.0			35.0
U.S. state and local income taxes—net of U.S. Federal income tax benefit		1.9			1.3			(4.9	)
Differences related to non-U.S. operations		(9.5	)		(15.9	)		(10.3	)
Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits		(0.2	)		(16.8	)		—
Other		(0.7	)		0.2			3.1
Effective tax rate		26.5			3.8			22.9

The Company’s consolidated tax rate in 2010 was 26.5%. The tax rate reflects foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate.

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate in 2009 was 3.8%. The tax rate reflects reductions relating to a decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. The decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulted from expiring statutes of limitations, audit settlements, and changes in estimates.

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate in 2008 was 22.9%. The tax rate reflects foreign operations taxed at rates lower than the U.S. rate. It also reflects a federal benefit on deferred state taxes, largely offset by other deferred tax adjustments.

67

Valuation allowances had a net increase of $4 million in 2010 and $26 million in 2009. During the respective years, adjustments of the beginning of the year balances of valuation allowances decreased income tax expense by $1 million in 2010 and increased income tax expense by $9 million in 2009. None of the cumulative valuation allowances relate to amounts which if realized would increase contributed capital in the future. Approximately 81% of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2011 through 2030, and others are unlimited. The potential tax benefit from net operating loss carryforwards at the end of 2010 comprised U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. tax benefits of $55 million, $95 million and $87 million, respectively, before reduction for valuation allowances. Foreign tax credit carryforwards expire in 2018 and 2020.

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the tax benefits are deductible or creditable. The Company and Marsh have been profitable globally. However, tax liabilities are determined and assessed on a legal entity and jurisdictional basis. Certain taxing jurisdictions allow or require combined or consolidated tax filings.

In the United States, certain groups within the Company, which file on a combined basis, and certain entities within Marsh’s operations, which file on a separate entity basis, incurred losses for the last two years as well as the current year. The Company assessed the realizability of its domestic deferred tax assets, particularly state deferred tax assets of Marsh relating to jurisdictions in which it files separate tax returns, state deferred tax assets of all of the Company’s domestic operations related to jurisdictions in which the Company files a unitary or combined state tax return, and foreign tax credit carryforwards in the Company’s consolidated U.S. federal tax return. When making its assessment about the realization of its domestic deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, the Company considered all available evidence, placing particular weight on evidence that could be objectively verified. The evidence considered included (i) the nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting losses, (ii) actions completed that are designed to reduce capacity and adjust to lower demand in the current economic environment, (iii) profit trends evidenced by recent improvements in the Company’s and Marsh’s operating performance, (iv) the nonrecurring nature of some of the items that contributed to the cumulative losses, (v) the carryforward periods for the NOLs and foreign tax credit carryforwards, (vi) the sources and timing of future taxable income, giving weight to sources according to the extent to which they can be objectively verified, and (vii) tax planning strategies that would be implemented, if necessary, to accelerate utilization of NOLs. Based on its assessment, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that a substantial portion of these deferred tax assets are realizable and a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the domestic tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized. In the event sufficient taxable income is not generated in future periods, additional valuation allowances of up to $250 million could be required relating to these domestic deferred tax assets. The realization of the remaining U.S. federal deferred tax assets is not as sensitive to U.S. profits because it is supported by anticipated repatriation of future earnings from the Company’s profitable global operations. In addition, when making its assessment about the realization of its domestic deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, the Company continued to assess the realizability of deferred tax assets of certain other entities with a history of recent losses, including other U.S. entities that file separate state tax returns and foreign subsidiaries, and recorded valuation allowances as appropriate.

Following is a reconciliation of the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Balance at January 1	$	206		$	293		$	351
Additions, based on tax positions related to current year		7			8			6
Additions for tax positions of prior years		10			28			22
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(6	)		(4	)		(36	)
Reductions due to reclassification of tax indemnifications on sale of Kroll		(3	)		—			—
Settlements		(4	)		(4	)		(47	)
Lapses in statutes of limitation		(11	)		(115	)		(3	)
Balance at December 31	$	199		$	206		$	293

68

Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 and 2009, $123 million and $128 million, respectively, represent the amount that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in any future periods. The total gross amount of accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2010 and 2009, before any applicable federal benefit, was $35 million and $32 million, respectively.

As discussed in Note 5, the Company has provided certain indemnities related to contingent tax liabilities as part of the disposals of Putnam and Kroll. At December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, $75 million, $80 million and $85 million, respectively, included in the chart above, relates to Putnam and Kroll positions included in consolidated Company tax returns. Since the Company remains primarily liable to the taxing authorities for resolution of uncertain tax positions related to consolidated returns, these balances will remain as part of the Company’s consolidated liability for uncertain tax positions. Any future charges or credits that are directly related to the disposal of Putnam and Kroll and the indemnified contingent tax issues, including interest accrued, will be recorded in discontinued operations as incurred. The balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2010 in the chart above includes balances related to stand alone tax filings of Kroll that were reclassified and are included as part of the fair value liability for contingent tax indemnities following the sale transaction.

The Company is routinely examined by the jurisdictions in which it has significant operations. The Internal Revenue Service completed its examination of 2003 through 2005 during the fourth quarter of 2008 and is currently examining 2006 through 2008. New York State has examinations underway for various entities covering the years 2003 through 2008. California completed its examination of years 2003 through 2005 and years 1999 through 2005 are in various stages of appeal. Massachusetts is examining years 2006 through 2007 for various entities. The United Kingdom is examining tax years 2008 through 2009 for various subsidiaries. Examinations are underway in Canada (2005 to 2008) and Germany (2004 to 2008). Earlier years are closed in all of the foregoing jurisdictions. The Company regularly considers the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from examinations. The Company has established appropriate liabilities for uncertain tax positions in relation to the potential assessments. The Company believes the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s net income or cash flows and on its effective tax rate in a particular future period. It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease between zero and approximately $90 million within the next twelve months due to settlement of audits and expiration of statutes of limitation.

8.    Retirement Benefits

The Company maintains qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension and defined contribution plans for its eligible U.S. employees and a variety of defined benefit and defined contribution plans for eligible non-U.S. employees. The Company’s policy for funding its tax-qualified defined benefit pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the funding requirements set forth in U.S. and applicable foreign laws.

Combined U.S. and non-U.S. Plans

The weighted average actuarial assumptions utilized for the U.S. and significant non-U.S. defined benefit plans as of the end of the year are as follows:

	Pension Benefits					Postretirement Benefits
		2010		2009			2010		2009
Weighted average assumptions:
Discount rate (for expense)		6.0	%	6.4	%		6.3	%	6.7	%
Expected return on plan assets		8.2	%	8.1	%		—		—
Rate of compensation increase (for expense)		4.2	%	3.7	%		—		—
Discount rate (for benefit obligation)		5.6	%	6.0	%		5.8	%	6.3	%
Rate of compensation increase (for benefit obligation)		4.1	%	4.2	%		—		—

69

The Company uses actuaries from Mercer, a subsidiary of the Company, to perform valuations of its pension plans. The long-term rate of return assumption is selected for each plan based on the facts and circumstances that exist as of the measurement date, and the specific portfolio mix of each plan’s assets. The Company utilizes a model developed by the Mercer actuaries to assist in the setting of this assumption. The model takes into account several factors, including: actual and target portfolio allocation; investment, administrative and trading expenses incurred directly by the plan trust; historical portfolio performance; relevant forward-looking economic analysis; and expected returns, variances and correlations for different asset classes. These measures are used to determine probabilities using standard statistical techniques to calculate a range of expected returns on the portfolio. The Company generally does not adjust the rate of return assumption from year to year if, at the measurement date, it is within the best estimate range, defined as between the 25^th and 75^th percentile of the expected long-term annual returns in accordance with the “American Academy of Actuaries Pension Practice Council Note May 2001 Selecting and Documenting Investment Return Assumptions” and consistent with Actuarial Standards of Practice No. 27. The historical five- and ten-year average asset returns of each plan are also reviewed to determine whether they are consistent and reasonable compared with the best estimate range. The expected return on plan assets is determined by applying the assumed long-term rate of return to the market-related value of plan assets. This market-related value recognizes investment gains or losses over a five-year period from the year in which they occur. Investment gains or losses for this purpose are the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and the actual return based on the market value of assets. Since the market-related value of assets recognizes gains or losses over a five-year period, the future market-related value of the assets will be impacted as previously deferred gains or losses are recorded.

The target asset allocation for the U.S. and U.K. plans is 58% equities and 42% fixed income. The U.K. plans comprise approximately 82% of non-U.S. plan assets. As of the measurement date, the actual allocation of assets for the U.S. plan was 63% to equities and 37% to fixed income, and for the U.K. plans was 58% to equities and 42% to fixed income. The assets of the Company’s defined benefit plans are well-diversified and are managed in accordance with applicable laws and with the goal of maximizing the plans’ real return within acceptable risk parameters. The Company uses threshold-based portfolio rebalancing to ensure the actual portfolio remains consistent with target asset allocation ranges. The actual asset allocation of the U.S. and U.K. plans as of the measurement date were within the target range.

The U.S. qualified plan holds eight million shares of the Company’s common stock which were contributed to the Plan by the Company. This represents approximately 6% of that plan’s assets.

The discount rate selected for each U.S. plan is based on a model bond portfolio with coupons and redemptions that closely match the expected liability cash flows from the plan. Discount rates for non-U.S. plans are based on appropriate bond indices such as the Markit iBoxx £ Corporates AA 15+ index in the U.K. Projected compensation increases reflect current expectations as to future levels of inflation.

The components of the net periodic benefit cost for combined U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans and other postretirement plans are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Pension Benefits									Postretirement Benefits
		2010			2009			2008			2010			2009			2008
Service cost	$	197		$	188		$	207		$	4		$	5		$	6
Interest cost		578			551			597			14			17			17
Expected return on plan assets		(815	)		(788	)		(849	)		—			—			—
Amortization of prior service credit		(21	)		(49	)		(55	)		(13	)		(13	)		(14	)
Recognized actuarial loss		144			70			66			—			1			1
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)	$	83		$	(28	)	$	(34	)	$	5		$	10		$	10

70

Plan Assets

For the U.S. plan, investment allocation decisions are made by a fiduciary committee composed of senior executives appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. For the non-U.S. plans, investment allocation decisions are made by local fiduciaries, in consultation with the Company for the larger plans. Plan assets are invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards set forth in all relevant laws relating to pensions and trusts in each country. Our primary investment objectives are (1) to achieve an investment return that, in combination with current and future contributions, will provide sufficient funds to pay benefits, and (2) to minimize the risk of large losses. Our investment allocations are designed to meet these objectives by broadly diversifying plan assets among numerous asset classes with differing expected returns, volatilities, and correlations.

The major categories of plan assets include equity securities, equity alternative investments, and fixed income securities. For the U.S. qualified plan, the category ranges are 53-63% for equities and equity alternatives, and 37-47% for fixed income. For the U.K. Plan, the category ranges are 55-61% for equities and equity alternatives, and 39-45% for fixed income. Asset allocation ranges are evaluated generally every three years. Asset allocation is monitored monthly, and rebalancing actions are taken as needed.

Plan investments are exposed to stock market, interest rate, and credit risk. Concentrations of these risks are generally limited due to diversification by investment style within each asset class, diversification by investment manager, diversification by industry sectors and issuers, and the dispersion of investments across many geographic areas.

71

U.S. Plans

The following schedules provide information concerning the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	U.S. Pension Benefits						U.S.  Postretirement Benefits
		2010			2009			2010			2009
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	3,629		$	3,411		$	163		$	185
Service cost		76			76			3			4
Interest cost		227			219			10			12
Actuarial (gain) loss		270			75			12			(23	)
Medicare Part D subsidy		—			—			3			1
Benefits paid		(161	)		(152	)		(11	)		(16	)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	4,041		$	3,629		$	180		$	163
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	2,959		$	2,761		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets		425			328			—			—
Employer contributions		221			22			8			15
Medicare Part D subsidy		—			—			3			1
Benefits paid		(161	)		(152	)		(11	)		(16	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	3,444		$	2,959		$	—		$	—
Funded status	$	(597	)	$	(670	)	$	(180	)	$	(163	)
Net liability recognized	$	(597	)	$	(670	)	$	(180	)	$	(163	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
Current liabilities	$	(23	)	$	(22	)	$	(11	)	$	(11	)
Noncurrent liabilities		(574	)		(648	)		(169	)		(152	)
	$	(597	)	$	(670	)	$	(180	)	$	(163	)
Amounts not yet recognized in net periodic cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized prior service credit	$	55		$	73		$	26		$	39
Unrecognized net actuarial (loss) gain		(1,327	)		(1,258	)		(4	)		9
Total amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	(1,272	)	$	(1,185	)	$	22		$	48
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic cost		675			515			(202	)		(211	)
Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheet	$	(597	)	$	(670	)	$	(180	)	$	(163	)
Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31	$	3,929		$	3,516		$	—		$	—

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	U.S. Pension Benefits					U.S.  Postretirement Benefits
		2010		2009			2010		2009
Reconciliation of unrecognized prior service credit:
Amount disclosed as of prior year-end		$ 73		$120			$ 39		$ 52
Recognized as component of net periodic benefit credit		(18	)	(47	)		(13	)	(13	)
Amount at end of year		$ 55		$  73			$ 26		$ 39

72

December 31,	U.S. Pension Benefits						U.S. Postretirement Benefits
(In millions of dollars)		2010			2009			2010			2009
Reconciliation of unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss):
Amount disclosed as of prior year-end	$	(1,258	)	$	(1,270	)	$	9		$	(15	)
Recognized as component of net periodic benefit cost		71			52			—			1
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
Liability experience		(269	)		(75	)		(13	)		23
Asset experience		129			35			—			—
Total gain (loss) recognized as change in plan assets and benefit obligations		(140	)		(40	)		(13	)		23
Amount at end of year	$	(1,327	)	$	(1,258	)	$	(4	)	$	9

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	U.S. Pension Benefits						U.S. Postretirement Benefits
		2010		2009		2008		2010		2009			2008
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss (income)	$	148	$	42	$	1,092	$	26	$	(7	)	$	21

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income in the next fiscal year:

	U.S. Pension Benefits			U.S. Postretirement Benefits
(In millions of dollars)		2011			2011
Prior service credit	$	(16	)	$	(13	)
Net actuarial loss		102			—
Projected cost (credit)	$	86		$	(13	)

The weighted average actuarial assumptions utilized in determining the above amounts for the U.S. defined benefit and other U.S. postretirement plans as of the end of the year are as follows:

	U.S. Pension Benefits						U.S.  Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2010			2009
Weighted average assumptions:
Discount rate (for expense)		6.4	%		6.6	%		6.3	%		6.6	%
Expected return on plan assets		8.75	%		8.75	%		—			—
Rate of compensation increase (for expense)		3.9	%		3.4	%		—			—
Discount rate (for benefit obligation)		5.9	%		6.4	%		6.0	%		6.3	%
Rate of compensation increase (for benefit obligation)		3.9	%		3.9	%		—			—

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $4.0 billion, $3.9 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $3.6 billion, $3.5 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for U.S. pension plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets was $4.0 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $3.6 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.

73

The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the U.S. defined benefit and other postretirement benefit plans are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	U.S. Pension Benefits									U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2008			2010			2009			2008
Service cost	$	76		$	76		$	73		$	3		$	4		$	4
Interest cost		227			219			211			10			12			12
Expected return on plan assets		(295	)		(293	)		(289	)		—			—			—
Amortization of prior service credit		(18	)		(47	)		(54	)		(13	)		(13	)		(13	)
Recognized actuarial loss		71			52			22			—			1			—
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)	$	61		$	7		$	(37	)	$	—		$	4		$	3

In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 became law. The net periodic benefit cost shown above for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, includes the subsidy.

The assumed health care cost trend rate for Medicare eligibles is approximately 8.4% in 2010, gradually declining to 4.5% in 2028, and the rate for non-Medicare eligibles is 8.2% in 2010, gradually declining to 4.5% in 2028. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a small effect on the amounts reported for the U.S. health care plans because the Company caps its share of health care trend at 5%. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

(In millions of dollars)	1 Percentage Point Increase		1 Percentage Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	$	–	$	(1	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	$	1	$	(17	)

Estimated Future Contributions

The Company expects to fund approximately $20 million for its U.S. non-qualified plan in 2011. The Company’s policy for funding its tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the funding requirements set forth in U.S. and applicable foreign law. There currently is no ERISA funding requirement for the U.S. qualified plan for 2011.

74

Non-U.S. Plans

The following schedules provide information concerning the Company’s non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans and non-U.S. postretirement benefit plans.

December 31,	Non-U.S.  Pension Benefits						Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
(In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2010			2009
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	6,354		$	5,228		$	70		$	63
Service cost		121			112			1			1
Interest cost		351			332			4			5
Employee contributions		16			16			—			—
Actuarial loss		430			679			11			(3	)
Effect of settlement		(17	)		(218	)		—			—
Effect of curtailment		(2	)		—			—			—
Special termination benefits		1			—			—			—
Benefits paid		(244	)		(246	)		(3	)		(3	)
Foreign currency changes		(208	)		442			—			7
Other		—			9			—			—
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	6,802		$	6,354		$	83		$	70
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	6,183		$	5,033		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets		765			754			—			—
Effect of settlement		(17	)		(218	)		—			—
Company contributions		237			397			3			3
Employee contributions		16			16			—			—
Benefits paid		(244	)		(246	)		(3	)		(3	)
Foreign currency changes		(202	)		438			—			—
Other		3			9			—			—
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	6,741		$	6,183		$	—		$	—
Funded status	$	(61	)	$	(171	)	$	(83	)	$	(70	)
Net (liability) asset recognized	$	(61	)	$	(171	)	$	(83	)	$	(70	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
Noncurrent assets	$	265		$	94		$	—		$	—
Current liabilities		(8	)		(10	)		(4	)		(3	)
Noncurrent liabilities		(318	)		(255	)		(79	)		(67	)
	$	(61	)	$	(171	)	$	(83	)	$	(70	)
Amounts not yet recognized in net periodic cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized prior service credit	$	23		$	24		$	1		$	1
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		(2,305	)		(2,268	)		(14	)		(4	)
Total amounts included in AOCI	$	(2,282	)	$	(2,244	)	$	(13	)	$	(3	)
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic cost		2,221			2,073			(70	)		(67	)
Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheet	$	(61	)	$	(171	)	$	(83	)	$	(70	)
Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31	$	6,313		$	5,880		$	—		$	—

75

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits						Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2010		2009
Reconciliation of prior service credit:
Amount disclosed as of prior year-end	$	24		$	21		$	1	$	1
Recognized as component of net periodic benefit credit		(2	)		(2	)		—		—
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
Plan amendments		—			1			—		—
Exchange rate adjustments		1			4			—		—
Amount at end of year	$	23		$	24		$	1	$	1

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits						Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2010			2009
Reconciliation of net actuarial loss:
Amount disclosed as of prior year-end	$	(2,268	)	$	(1,713	)	$	(4	)	$	(7	)
Recognized as component of net periodic benefit cost		73			18			—			—
Effect of settlement		5			1			—			—
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
Liability experience		(430	)		(679	)		(10	)		4
Asset experience		244			259			—			—
Effect of curtailment		2			—			—			—
Total amount recognized as change in plan assets and benefit obligations		(184	)		(420	)		(10	)		4
Exchange rate adjustments		69			(154	)		—			(1	)
Amount at end of year	$	(2,305	)	$	(2,268	)	$	(14	)	$	(4	)

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits						Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010		2009		2008		2010		2009		2008
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss (income)	$	66	$	519	$	409	$	15	$	3	$	(9	)

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income in the next fiscal year:

	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits
(In millions of dollars)	2011
Prior service credit	$	(3	)
Net actuarial loss		112
Projected cost	$	109

76

The weighted average actuarial assumption utilized in determining the above amounts for the non-U.S. defined benefit and other non-U.S. postretirement plans as of the end of the year are as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits						Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2010			2009
Weighted average assumptions:
Discount rate (for expense)		5.8	%		6.3	%		6.2	%		6.9	%
Expected return on plan assets		7.9	%		7.8	%		—			—
Rate of compensation increase (for expense)		4.3	%		3.9	%		—			—
Discount rate (for benefit obligation)		5.4	%		5.8	%		5.5	%		6.2	%
Rate of compensation increase (for benefit obligation)		4.2	%		4.3	%		—			—

The non-U.S. defined benefit plans do not have any direct ownership of the Company’s common stock.

The pension plan in the United Kingdom holds a limited partnership interest in the Trident III private equity fund valued at $203 million at December 31, 2010.

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the non-U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $1.2 billion, $1.1 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $0.5 billion, $0.4 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for non-U.S. pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $5.2 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.

The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the non-U.S. defined benefit and other postretirement benefit plans and the curtailment, settlement and termination expenses are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Non-U.S. Pension Benefits									Non-U.S. Postretirement Benefits
	2010			2009			2008			2010		2009		2008
Service cost	$	121		$	112		$	134		$	1	$	1	$	2
Interest cost		351			332			386			4		5		5
Expected return on plan assets		(520	)		(495	)		(560	)		—		—		—
Amortization of prior service credit		(3	)		(2	)		(1	)		—		—		(1	)
Recognized actuarial loss		73			18			44			—		—		1
Net periodic benefit cost	$	22		$	(35	)	$	3		$	5	$	6	$	7
Settlement (credit)/loss		5			1			(1	)		—		—		—
Curtailment (credit)/loss		—			—			1			—		—		—
Special termination benefits		1			—			3			—		—		—
Total cost (credit)	$	28		$	(34	)	$	6		$	5	$	6	$	7

The assumed health care cost trend rate was approximately 6.8% in 2010, gradually declining to 4.5% in 2019. Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the non-U.S. health care plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

(In millions of dollars)	1 Percentage Point Increase		1 Percentage Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	$	1	$	(1	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	$	8	$	(7	)

77

Estimated Future Contributions

The Company expects to fund approximately $300 million to its non-U.S. pension plans in 2011. Funding requirements for non-U.S. plans vary by country. Contribution rates are determined by the local actuaries based on local funding practices and requirements. Funding amounts may be influenced by future asset performance, the level of discount rates and other variables impacting the assets and/or liabilities of the plan. In addition, amounts funded in the future, to the extent not due under regulatory requirements, may be affected by alternative uses of the Company’s cash flows, including dividends, investments and share repurchases.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The Plan’s estimated future benefit payments for its pension and postretirement benefits (without reduction for Medicare subsidy receipts) at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Pension Benefits				Postretirement Benefits
	U.S.		Non-U.S.		U.S.		Non-U.S.
2011	$	188	$	246	$	14	$	3
2012		198		251		13		4
2013		208		261		14		4
2014		220		283		14		4
2015		232		291		14		4
2016-2020		1,353		1,767		75		26

Defined Benefit Plans Fair Value Disclosures

In December 2008 the FASB issued guidance for Employers’ Disclosures About Pension and Other Post Retirement Benefit Plan Assets. The guidance requires fair value plan asset disclosures for an employer’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans similar to the guidance on Fair Value Measurements as well as (a) how investment allocation decisions are made, (b) the major categories of plan assets, and (c) significant concentrations of risk within plan assets.

The U.S. and non-U.S. plan investments are classified into Level 1, which refers to securities valued using quoted prices from active markets for identical assets; Level 2, which refers to securities not traded on an active market but for which observable market inputs are readily available; and Level 3, which refers to securities valued based on significant unobservable inputs. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, a summary of the U.S. and non-U.S. plans investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
Assets (In millions of dollars)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Company common stock	$	219	$	—	$	—	$	219
Corporate stocks		1,939		1		1		1,941
Government securities		—		547		—		547
Corporate obligations		—		1,103		8		1,111
Common/collective trusts		—		4,471		—		4,471
Insurance group annuity contracts		—		—		20		20
Short-term investment funds		561		49		—		610
Swaps		—		9		—		9
Other investments		3		8		177		188
Private equity/Partnerships		—		1		746		747
Real estate		3		5		293		301
Total investments	$	2,725	$	6,194	$	1,245	$	10,164

78

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009
Assets (In millions of dollars)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Company common stock	$	176	$	—	$	—	$	176
Corporate stocks		1,611		176		11		1,798
Government securities		25		400		3		428
Corporate obligations		17		950		5		972
Common/collective trusts		8		4,165		—		4,173
Insurance group annuity contracts		—		—		17		17
Short-term investment funds		299		3		—		302
Swaps		—		10		—		10
Other investments		125		34		180		339
Private equity/Partnerships		—		—		637		637
Real estate		3		4		269		276
Total investments	$	2,264	$	5,742	$	1,122	$	9,128

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 assets during 2010.

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the plans’ Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2010:

Assets (In millions)	Fair Value, Beginning of Period		Purchases		Sales			Unrealized Gain/ (Loss)			Realized Gain/ (Loss)			Exchange Rate Impact			Transfers in/(out) and Other			Fair Value, End of Period
Corporate stocks	$	11	$	1	$	(4	)	$	(3	)	$	1		$	—		$	(5	)	$	1
Government securities		3		—		(3	)		—			—			—			—			—
Corporate obligations		5		2		(2	)		3			(1	)		—			1			8
Insurance group annuity contracts		17		141		(140	)		2			—			—			—			20
Other investments		180		19		(16	)		3			1			(14	)		4			177
Private equity/Partnerships		637		138		(54	)		15			22			(12	)		—			746
Real estate		269		—		—			34			—			(10	)		—			293
Total assets	$	1,122	$	301	$	(219	)	$	54		$	23		$	(36	)	$	—		$	1,245

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.

Company common stock:  Valued at the closing price reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible equity securities and rights/warrants (included in Corporate stocks):  Valued at the closing price reported on the primary exchange.

Corporate bonds (included in corporate obligations):  The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and bond spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models.

Commercial paper (included in corporate obligations):  The fair value of commercial paper is estimated using observable market data such as maturity date, issue date, credit rating, current commercial paper rates and settlement date.

Commercial mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (included in corporate obligations):  Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models. Observable inputs are based on trade and quote activity of bonds with similar features including issuer vintage, purpose of underlying loan (first or second lien), prepayment speeds and credit ratings. The discount rate is the combination of the appropriate rate from the benchmark yield curve and the discount margin based on quoted prices.

Common collective trusts:  Valued at the quoted market prices of the underlying investments at year end.

79

U.S. government bonds (included in government securities):  The fair value of U.S. government bonds is estimated by pricing models that utilize observable market data including quotes, spreads and data points for yield curves.

U.S. agency securities (included in government securities):  U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Agency issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking market-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include certain “To-be-announced” (TBA) securities and mortgage pass-through pools. TBA securities are generally valued using quoted market prices or are benchmarked thereto. Fair value of mortgage pass-through pools are model driven with respect to spreads of the comparable TBA security.

Private equity/Partnerships:  The fair value of investments in partnership interests is valued by the general partner. The valuations are based on various factors depending on the investment type, including the cost of the securities, financial data and projections, option valuation models, operating and regulatory issues and other such factors as the General Partner may deem relevant. Investments are valued in the accompanying financial statements based on the Plan’s beneficial interest in the underlying net assets of the partnership as determined by the partnership agreement.

Insurance group annuity contracts:  The fair values for these investments are based on the current market value of the aggregate accumulated contributions plus interest earned.

Swap assets and liabilities:  Fair values for interest rate swaps, equity index swaps and inflation swaps are estimated using a discounted cash flow pricing model. These models use observable market data such as contractual fixed rate, broker quotes, spot equity price or index value and dividend data. The fair values of credit default swaps are estimated using an income approach model which determines expected cash flows based on default probabilities from the issuer specific credit spread curve and credit loss recovery rates, both of which are dependent on market quotes.

Real estate investment trusts:  Valued at the closing price reported on an exchange.

Short-term investment funds:  Primarily high-grade money market instruments valued at net asset value at year-end.

Real estate: Valued by investment managers generally using proprietary pricing models.

Registered investment companies:  Valued at the closing price reported on the primary exchange.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company maintains certain defined contribution plans for its employees, including the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 401(k) Savings & Investment Plan (“401(k)”), that are qualified under U.S. tax laws. Under these plans, eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their base salary, subject to certain limitations. For the 401(k), the Company matches a fixed portion of the employees’ contributions and may also make additional discretionary contributions. The 401(k) contains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan under U.S. tax law. Approximately $334 million of the 401(k)’s assets at December 31, 2010 and $289 million at December 31, 2009 were invested in the Company’s common stock. If a participant does not choose an investment direction for his or her future Company matching contributions, they are automatically invested in a BlackRock Lifepath Portfolio that most closely matches the participant’s expected retirement year. The cost of these defined contribution plans related to continuing operations was $48 million, $52 million and $53 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

9.     Stock Benefit Plans

The Company maintains multiple share-based payment arrangements under which employees are awarded grants of restricted stock units, stock options and other forms of stock-based payment arrangements. Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted the revised guidelines for accounting for stock compensation using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation cost includes compensation cost for all share-based payment arrangements granted prior to but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value and expense attribution

80

methodology determined in accordance with the prior accounting guidance, and compensation cost for all share-based payment arrangements granted subsequent to June 30, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value and expense attribution methodology determined in accordance with the revised guidance.

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Incentive and Stock Award Plans

In 2000, the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (the “2000 Employee Plan”) and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (the “2000 Executive Plan”) were adopted. The types of awards permitted under these plans include stock options, restricted stock, stock bonus units, restricted and deferred stock units payable in Company common stock or cash, and other stock-based and performance-based awards. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) determines, at its discretion, which affiliates may participate in the plans, which eligible employees will receive awards, the types of awards to be received, and the terms and conditions thereof. The right of an employee to receive an award may be subject to performance conditions as specified by the Compensation Committee. The 2000 Plans contain provisions which, in the event of a change in control of the Company, may accelerate the vesting of the awards. Awards relating to not more than 80,000,000 shares of common stock may be made over the life of the 2000 Employee Plan plus shares remaining unused under pre-existing employee stock plans. Awards relating to not more than 8,000,000 shares of common stock may be made over the life of the 2000 Executive Plan plus shares remaining unused under pre-existing executive stock plans.

Stock Options:  Options granted under the 2000 Plans may be designated as either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. The Compensation Committee determines the terms and conditions of the option, including the time or times at which an option may be exercised, the methods by which such exercise price may be paid, and the form of such payment. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company common stock on the date of grant. These option awards generally vest 25% per annum and have a contractual term of 10 years. On March 16, 2005, the Company began granting options that provide for a market-based triggering event before a vested option can be exercised. The terms and conditions of these stock option awards provide that (i) options will vest at a rate of 25% a year beginning one year from the date of grant and (ii) each vested tranche will only become exercisable if the market price of the Company stock appreciates to a level of 15% above the exercise price of the option and maintains that level for at least ten (10) consecutive trading days after the award has vested. The Company accounts for these awards as market-condition options. The effect of the market condition is reflected in the grant-date fair value of such awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period and is not subsequently adjusted if the market condition is not met. For awards without a market-based triggering event, compensation cost is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which is normally the vesting period.

The estimated fair value of options granted without a market-based triggering event is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. This model takes into account several factors and assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumption at the time of grant. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) is estimated using the contractual term of the option and the effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The Company uses a blended volatility rate based on the following: (i) volatility derived from daily closing price observations for the 10-year period ended on the valuation date, (ii) implied volatility derived from traded options for the period one week before the valuation date and (iii) average volatility for the 10-year periods ended on 15 anniversaries prior to the valuation date, using daily closing price observations. The expected dividend yield is based on expected dividends for the expected term of the stock options.

81

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model for options granted by the Company in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

	2010	2009	2008
Risk-free interest rate	3.15%-3.20%	2.16%-2.68%	2.98%-3.33%
Expected life (in years)	6.75	6.75	6.0
Expected volatility	26.3%-27.6%	33.5%-36.4%	29.7%-32.2%
Expected dividend yield	3.26%-3.52%	4.15%-4.20%	2.93%-3.07%

The estimated fair value of options granted with a market-based triggering event is calculated using a binomial valuation model. The factors and assumptions used in this model are similar to those utilized in the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model except that the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve over the contractual term of the option, and the expected life is calculated by the model. In 2010, there were no options granted with a market-based triggering event.

The assumptions used in the binomial option pricing valuation model for options granted during 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

	2009	2008
Risk-free interest rate	0.42%-2.40%	1.99%-4.41%
Expected life (in years)	5.6-7.7	5.0-7.5
Expected volatility	35.6%	29.7%-33.1%
Expected dividend yield	3.62%	2.3%-3.1%

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option awards as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000)
Balance at January 1, 2010		46,364,115	$	32.14
Granted		6,108,549	$	22.71
Exercised		75,336	$	20.35
Canceled or exchanged		—		—
Forfeited		543,613	$	22.70
Expired		8,467,579	$	40.50
Balance at December 31, 2010		43,386,136	$	29.33		4.8 years		62,529
Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010		42,145,148	$	29.55		4.7 years		55,690
Options exercisable at December 31, 2010		15,717,052	$	33.07		2.3 years		8,692

In the above table, forfeited options are unvested options whose requisite service period has not been met. Expired options are vested options that were not exercised.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Company’s option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4.85, $4.63, and $6.63, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the same periods was $.5 million, $0 million and $3 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $23.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s option awards. The weighted-average period over which that cost is expected to be recognized is 1.7 years. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1.5 million, $0 million and $21 million, respectively.

The Company’s policy is to issue treasury shares upon option exercises or share unit conversion. The Company intends to issue treasury shares as long as an adequate number of those shares are available.

82

Restricted Stock Units:  Restricted stock units may be awarded under the Company’s Incentive and Stock Award plans. The Compensation Committee determines the restrictions on such units, when the restrictions lapse, when the units vest and are paid, and upon what terms the units are forfeited. The cost of these awards is amortized over the vesting period, which is generally three years. Beginning with awards granted in 2006, awards to senior executives and other employees may include three-year performance-based restricted stock units and three-year service-based restricted stock units. The payout of performance-based restricted stock units (payable in shares of the Company common stock) may range from 0–200% of the number of units granted, based on the achievement of objective, pre-determined company or operating company performance measures over a three-year performance period. The Company accounts for these awards as performance condition restricted stock units. The performance condition is not considered in the determination of grant date fair value of such awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the performance period based on management’s estimate of the number of units expected to vest and is adjusted to reflect the actual number of shares paid out at the end of the three-year performance period. Dividend equivalents are generally paid on both performance-based and service-based restricted stock units prior to payout, based on the initial grant amount. Beginning with awards granted on or after February 23, 2009, dividend equivalents are not paid out unless the award vests.

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the period then ended is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance at January 1, 2010		13,674,513	$	22.65
Granted		6,734,010	$	22.72
Vested		4,164,208	$	22.25
Forfeited		2,224,011	$	26.12
Non-vested balance at December 31, 2010		14,020,304	$	22.26

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Company’s restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $19.03 and $26.16, respectively. The total fair value of the Company’s restricted stock units distributed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $91.7 million, $35.1 million and $22.4 million, respectively.

Deferred Stock Units:  Deferred stock units may be awarded under the Company’s incentive and stock award plans. The Compensation Committee determines the restrictions on such units, when the restrictions lapse, when the units vest and are paid, and upon what terms the units are forfeited. The cost of these awards is amortized over the vesting period, which is generally three years. These units are typically off-cycle awards granted to new hires or as retention awards for employees; units in this category may also be granted as the equity portion of mandatory deferred bonus awards.

A summary of the status of the Company’s deferred stock unit awards as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the period then ended is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance at January 1, 2010		7,451,800	$	26.63
Granted		857,999	$	23.56
Vested		3,360,441	$	28.47
Forfeited		220,561	$	24.95
Non-vested balance at December 31, 2010		4,728,797	$	24.84

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Company’s deferred stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $21.25 and $26.56, respectively. The total fair value of the Company’s deferred stock units distributed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $79.0 million, $52.8 million and $71.6 million, respectively.

83

Restricted Stock:  Restricted shares of the Company’s common stock may be awarded under the Company’s incentive and stock award plans and are subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Compensation Committee may impose. The Compensation Committee may also determine when and under what circumstances the restrictions may lapse and whether the participant receives the rights of a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote and receive dividends. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, restricted stock that is still subject to restrictions is forfeited upon termination of employment. Shares granted generally become unrestricted at the earlier of: (1) January 1 of the year following the vesting grant date anniversary or (2) the later of the recipient’s normal or actual retirement date. For shares granted prior to 2004, the vesting grant date anniversary is ten years. For shares granted during 2004 and 2005, the vesting grant date anniversary is 7 years and 5 years, respectively. However, certain restricted shares granted in 2005 vested on the third anniversary of the grant date. There have been no restricted shares granted since 2005.

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the period then ended is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance at January 1, 2010		73,900	$	41.41
Granted		—		—
Vested		—		—
Forfeited		—		—
Non-vested balance at December 31, 2010		73,900	$	41.41

The Company has not granted restricted stock awards during any year after 2005. The total fair value of the Company’s restricted stock distributed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $0 million, $0 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $206 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s restricted stock, restricted stock units and deferred stock unit awards.

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Stock Purchase Plans

In May 1999, the Company’s stockholders approved an employee stock purchase plan (the “1999 Plan”) to replace the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1994 Plan”), which terminated on September 30, 1999 following its fifth annual offering. Under the current terms of the plan, shares are purchased four times during the plan year at a price that is 95% of the average market price on each quarterly purchase date. Under the 1999 Plan, after including the available remaining unused shares in the 1994 Plan and reducing the shares available by 10,000,000 consistent with the Company’s Board of Directors’ action in March 2007, no more than 35,600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be sold. Employees purchased 1,211,955 shares during the year ended December 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2010, 6,036,074 shares were available for issuance under the 1999 Plan. Under the 1995 Company Stock Purchase Plan for International Employees (the “International Plan”), after reflecting the additional 5,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in July 2002, and the addition of 4,000,000 shares due to a shareholder action in May 2007, no more than 12,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be sold. Employees purchased 180,638 shares during the year ended December 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2010, 3,330,696 shares were available for issuance under the International Plan. The plans are considered non-compensatory.

10.    Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company has categorized its corporate and fiduciary assets and liabilities that are valued at fair value on a recurring basis into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value measurements of the

84

plan assets for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are disclosed separately in Note 8. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). In some cases, the inputs used to measure fair value might fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Financial assets recorded in the consolidated balance sheets are categorized based on the inputs in the valuation techniques as follows:

Level 1. Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market (examples include active exchange-traded equity securities, listed derivatives, most U.S. Government and agency securities, and certain other sovereign government obligations).

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include exchange traded equity securities and mutual funds.

Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on the following:

a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (for example, restricted stock);

b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets (examples include corporate and municipal bonds, which trade infrequently);

c) Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability (examples include most over-the-counter derivatives, including interest rate and currency swaps); and

d) Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means for substantially the full asset or liability (for example, certain mortgage loans).

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include corporate and municipal bonds.

Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities, whose values are based on prices, or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability (examples include private equity investments and certain commercial mortgage whole loans).

Liabilities utilizing Level 3 inputs represent contingent consideration on acquisitions.

Valuation Techniques

Equity Securities & Mutual Funds

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the sale price on their principal exchange, or official closing bid price for certain markets. If no sales are reported, the security is valued at its last reported bid price.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations, Municipal Bonds and Corporate Bonds

These investments are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by an independent pricing service approved by the Trustees or dealers selected by Putnam Investment Management LLC (“Putnam Management”), the fund’s manager, a wholly owned subsidiary of Putnam LLC. Such services or dealers determine valuations for normal institutional-size trading units of such securities using methods based on market transactions for comparable securities and various relationships, generally recognized by institutional traders, between securities.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Purchase consideration for many acquisitions made by the Company includes contingent consideration arrangements. Contingent consideration arrangements are primarily based on meeting EBITDA and revenue targets over two to four years. The fair value of contingent consideration is recorded at the present value of future cash flows based on the earnings projections of the acquired entities.

85

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

(In millions of dollars)	Identical Assets (Level 1)				Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)				Total
	2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009		2010		2009
Assets:
Financial instruments owned:
Exchange traded equity securities (a)	$	1	$	10	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1	$	10
Mutual funds (a)		137		141		—		—		—		—		137		141
Medium term bond funds and fixed income securities (a)		—		—		—		6		—		—		—		6
Money market funds (b)		8		448		—		—		—		—		8		448
Total assets measured at fair value	$	146	$	599	$	—	$	6	$	—	$	—	$	146	$	605
Fiduciary Assets:
State and local obligations (including non-U.S. locales)	$	—	$	—	$	68	$	161	$	—	$	—	$	68	$	161
Other sovereign government obligations and supranational agencies		—		—		185		370		—		—		185		370
Corporate and other debt		—		—		30		46		—		—		30		46
Money market funds		152		235		—		—		—		—		152		235
Total fiduciary assets measured at fair value	$	152	$	235	$	283	$	577	$	—	$	—	$	435	$	812
Contingent consideration liability	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	106	$	31	$	106	$	31

(a) Included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

(b) Included in cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 assets during 2010.

The table below sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 that represents contingent consideration related to acquisitions:

	Fair Value, Beginning of Period		Purchases		Realized (Gain) /Loss			Fair Value, End of Period
Contingent consideration	$	31	$	81	$	(6	)	$	106

The fair value of the contingent liability is based on earnings projections of the acquired entities that are reassessed on a quarterly basis.

11.    Long-term Commitments

The Company leases office facilities, equipment and automobiles under noncancelable operating leases. These leases expire on varying dates; in some instances contain renewal and expansion options; do not restrict the payment of dividends or the incurrence of debt or additional lease obligations; and contain no significant purchase options. In addition to the base rental costs, occupancy lease agreements generally provide for rent escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Approximately 97% of the Company’s lease obligations are for the use of office space.

The consolidated statements of income include net rental costs of $421 million, $397 million and $427 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, after deducting rentals from subleases ($8 million in 2010, $5 million in 2009 and $8 million in 2008). The net rental costs disclosed above exclude rental costs and sublease income for previously accrued restructuring charges related to vacated space.

86

At December 31, 2010, the aggregate future minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable operating lease agreements are as follows:

For the Years Ending December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Gross Rental Commitments		Rentals from Subleases		Net Rental Commitments
2011	$	423	$	55	$	368
2012	$	386	$	54	$	332
2013	$	338	$	52	$	286
2014	$	288	$	49	$	239
2015	$	249	$	43	$	206
Subsequent years	$	1,371	$	206	$	1,165

The Company has entered into agreements with various service companies to outsource certain information systems activities and responsibilities and processing activities. Under these agreements, the Company is required to pay minimum annual service charges. Additional fees may be payable depending upon the volume of transactions processed, with all future payments subject to increases for inflation. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate fixed future minimum commitments under these agreements are as follows:

For the Years Ending December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Future Minimum Commitments
2011	$	127
2012		88
2013		46
Subsequent years		172
	$	433

12.    Debt

The Company’s outstanding debt is as follows:

December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010		2009
Short-term:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	8	$	558
Long-term:
Senior notes – 6.25% due 2012 (5.1% effective interest rate)		253		255
Senior notes – 4.850% due 2013		250		249
Senior notes – 5.875% due 2033		296		296
Senior notes – 5.375% due 2014		648		648
Senior notes – 5.15% due 2010		—		549
Senior notes – 5.75% due 2015		747		747
Senior notes – 9.25% due 2019		398		398
Mortgage – 5.70% due 2035		439		447
Other		3		3
		3,034		3,592
Less current portion		8		558
	$	3,026	$	3,034

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company repaid its 5.15% ten-year fixed rate $550 million senior notes that matured.

During the second quarter of 2009, the Company’s 7.125% ten-year fixed rate $400 million senior notes matured. The Company used cash on hand as well as proceeds from the issuance of 9.25% ten-year $400 million senior notes in the first quarter of 2009 to manage liquidity, including the funding of the maturing notes. There were no commercial paper borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

87

On October 23, 2009, the Company and certain of its foreign subsidiaries entered into a new $1.0 billion multi-currency three-year unsecured revolving credit facility, which replaced the $1.2 billion facility discussed below. The interest rate on this facility varies based upon the Company’s credit ratings and the Company’s credit default swap levels subject to floors and caps. The facility requires the Company to maintain certain coverage and leverage ratios which are tested quarterly. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2010.

The Company and certain of its foreign subsidiaries previously maintained a $1.2 billion multi-currency five-year revolving credit facility. The facility was previously due to expire in December 2010 and was in effect until October 2009. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at the time it was terminated.

Additional credit facilities, guarantees and letters of credit are maintained with various banks, primarily related to operations located outside the United States, aggregating $272 million at December 31, 2010 and $250 million at December 31, 2009. There were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities at December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.

The senior notes are publically registered by the Company with no guarantees attached.

Scheduled repayments of long-term debt in 2011 and in the four succeeding years are $8 million, $260 million, $259 million, $660 million and $760 million, respectively.

13.    Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of the Company’s significant financial instruments is provided below. Certain estimates and judgments were required to develop the fair value amounts. The fair value amounts shown below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize upon disposition, nor do they indicate the Company’s intent or need to dispose of the financial instrument.

	December 31, 2010				December 31, 2009
(In millions of dollars)	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,894	$	1,894	$	1,707	$	1,707
Long-term investments	$	68	$	64	$	109	$	102
Short-term debt	$	8	$	8	$	558	$	572
Long-term debt	$	3,026	$	3,234	$	3,034	$	3,174

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The estimated fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximates their carrying value.

Long-term Investments:  Long-term investments include available for sale securities recorded at quoted market prices, certain investments carried at cost and unrealized gains related to available for sale investments in fiduciary funds as discussed below.

The Company has certain long-term investments, for which there are no readily available market prices, amounting to $39 million and $53 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which are carried on a cost basis. These investments are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values when necessary.

The Company had available for sale securities with an aggregate fair value of $23 million and $38 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which are carried at market value in accordance with ASC Topic No. 320. The Company had gross unrealized gains (pre-tax) on these securities of $8 million and $15 million included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded the following net unrealized gains related to its available for sale securities for the three and twelve month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

(In millions of dollars)	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2010		2009		2008
Unrealized gains (pre-tax)	$	2	$	5	$	—
Unrealized losses (pre-tax)	$	—	$	1	$	8

88

These amounts have been excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred income taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is a component of stockholders’ equity.

The Company has a portion of insurance fiduciary funds described in Note 3 that are invested in high quality debt securities and classified as available for sale. Gross unrealized gains (pre-tax) on these securities that are included in other assets and accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets were $7 million and $17 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded gross unrealized gain/(losses) (pre-tax) of $(10) million, $(7) million and $24 million, respectively, related to these investments. These amounts have been excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred income taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is a component of stockholders’ equity.

Proceeds from the sale of available for sale investments were as follows:

(In millions of dollars)	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2010		2009		2008
Proceeds from the sale of available for sale securities	$	15	$	12	$	19

The cost of securities sold is determined using the average cost method.

The Company also holds investments in certain private equity fund partnerships which are accounted for using the equity method and other investments that are held at cost. The Company recorded the following gains (losses) related to these investments:

(In millions of dollars)	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2010		2009			2008
Equity method gains (losses)	$	32	$	(6	)	$	(9	)
Gains on cost method investments		3		6			6
Gains (losses) from equity and cost method investments		35		—			(3	)
Realized gains on available for sale securities		8		2			(3	)
Other-than-temporary impairment		—		(4	)		(6	)
Investment income (loss)	$	43	$	(2	)	$	(12	)

Short-term and Long-term Debt:  The fair value of the Company’s short-term debt, which consists primarily of debt maturing within the next year, approximates its carrying value. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is based on discounted future cash flows using current interest rates available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

14.    Integration and Restructuring Costs

Actions Initiated in 2010

In 2010, the Company implemented restructuring actions which resulted in costs totaling $114 million, primarily related to severance and benefits, and costs for future rent and other real estate costs. Approximately $63 million of these costs related to cost reduction activities for acquisitions made in 2010. These costs were incurred as follows: Risk and Insurance Services—$81 million, comprising Marsh—$65 million (acquisition related—$46 million) and Guy Carpenter—$16 million (acquisition related—$6 million); Mercer—$25 million (acquisition related—$11 million) and Corporate—$8 million. These activities resulted in the elimination of approximately 450 positions at Marsh, 80 positions at Guy Carpenter, 240 positions at Mercer and 70 positions at Corporate. The annualized cost savings from these actions are expected to be approximately $100 million.

Actions Initiated Prior to 2010

Prior to 2010, the Company implemented several restructuring and cost-saving initiatives related to firm-wide infrastructure, organization structure and operating company business processes. These initiatives resulted in staff reductions and consolidations of facilities. The Company incurred

89

restructuring costs of $27 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 in connection with actions initiated in prior years, primarily due to severance and related benefits and adjustments to the estimated future rent and real estate costs related to previously vacated space.

Details of the activity from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2010 regarding restructuring activities are as follows:

(In millions of dollars)	Liability at 1/1/09			Amounts Accrued			Cash Paid				Liability at 12/31/09			Amounts Accrued			Cash Paid				Liability at 12/31/10
Severance		$	85		$	183		$	(191	)		$	77		$	79		$	(116	)		$	40
Future rent under non-cancellable leases and other costs			137			60			(15	)			182			62			(73	)			171
Total		$	222		$	243		$	(206	)		$	259		$	141		$	(189	)		$	211

At January 1, 2008, the liability balance related to restructuring activity was $112 million. In 2008, the Company accrued $327 million and had cash payments of $217 million related to restructuring activities that resulted in the liability balance at January 1, 2009 as reported in the above schedule.

The expenses associated with the restructuring plans are included in compensation and benefits and other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income, and liabilities associated with these initiatives are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable, other liabilities, or accrued salaries, depending on the nature of the items.

15.    Common Stock

In December 2010, the Company repurchased 3,365,889 shares of its common stock for a total consideration of $85.5 million and an average price per share to the Company of $25.4028. The repurchased shares were reflected as an increase in treasury shares (a decrease in shares outstanding). This share repurchase was effected under a $500 million share repurchase authorization granted by the Company’s Board of Directors in September 2010. The Company remains authorized to repurchase additional shares of its common stock up to a value of $414.5 million. There is no time limit on this authorization. The Company did not purchase any treasury shares in 2009.

16.    Claims, Lawsuits and Other Contingencies

Errors and Omissions Claims

The Company and its subsidiaries, particularly Marsh and Mercer, are subject to a significant number of claims, lawsuits and proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Such claims and lawsuits consist principally of alleged errors and omissions in connection with the performance of professional services, including the placement of insurance and the provision of actuarial services for corporate and public clients. Certain of these claims seek damages, including punitive and treble damages, in amounts that could, if awarded, be significant. In establishing liabilities for errors and omissions claims in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic No. 450-20 (Contingencies—Loss Contingencies), the Company utilizes case level reviews by inside and outside counsel and an internal actuarial analysis to estimate potential losses. A liability is established when a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. The liability is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as developments warrant. In many cases, the Company has not recorded a liability, other than for legal fees to defend the claim, because we are unable, at the present time, to make a determination that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable.

To the extent that expected losses exceed our deductible in any policy year, the Company also records an asset for the amount that we expect to recover under any available third-party insurance programs. The Company has varying levels of third-party insurance coverage, with policy limits and coverage terms varying significantly by policy year. The Company is not aware of coverage defenses or other obstacles to coverage that would limit recoveries through policy year 2001-2002 in a material amount. Beginning in 2002, the availability of third-party insurance has declined.

90

Governmental Inquiries and Related Claims

In January 2005, the Company and its subsidiary Marsh Inc. entered into a settlement agreement with the New York State Attorney General (“NYAG”) and the New York State Insurance Department to settle a civil complaint and related citation regarding Marsh’s use of market service agreements with various insurance companies. The parties subsequently entered into an amended and restated settlement agreement in February 2010 that helps restore a level playing field for Marsh.

In December 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York approved a settlement of the purported securities class action lawsuit against the Company, Marsh and certain of their former officers based on similar allegations to those made in the NYAG complaint. Without admitting liability or wrongdoing of any kind, the Company agreed to pay $425 million, $205 million of which was covered by insurance. The settlement resolved all of the claims in this lawsuit against the Company, Marsh and the named individuals.

Numerous other private party lawsuits based on similar allegations to those made in the NYAG complaint were commenced against the Company, one or more of its subsidiaries, and their current and former directors and officers. Most of these matters have been resolved. Eight actions instituted by individual policyholders against the Company, Marsh and certain Marsh subsidiaries remain pending in federal and state courts.

On January 31, 2011, Guy Carpenter entered into a settlement agreement with the Connecticut Attorney General to resolve litigation initiated in 2007 against Guy Carpenter relating to certain facilities offering reinsurance to small- to midsized insurance companies.

In June 2010, the Company settled a litigation matter brought by the Alaska Retirement Management Board (“ARMB”) against Mercer. This settlement, in which Mercer expressly denied liability, resolved all claims against Mercer by the ARMB and the State of Alaska related to this matter. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, Mercer paid $500 million, of which $100 million was covered by insurance.

Our activities are regulated under the laws of the United States and its various states, the European Union and its member states, and the other jurisdictions in which we operate. In the ordinary course of business we are also subject to investigations, lawsuits and/or other regulatory actions undertaken by governmental authorities.

Other Contingencies—Guarantees

In connection with its acquisition of U.K.-based Sedgwick Group in 1998, the Company acquired several insurance underwriting businesses that were already in run-off, including River Thames Insurance Company Limited (“River Thames”), which we sold in 2001. Sedgwick guaranteed payment of claims on certain policies underwritten through the Institute of London Underwriters (the “ILU”) by River Thames. The policies covered by this guarantee are reinsured up to £40 million by a related party of River Thames. Payment of claims under the reinsurance agreement is collateralized by segregated assets held in a trust. As of December 31, 2010, the reinsurance coverage exceeded the best estimate of the projected liability of the policies covered by the guarantee. To the extent River Thames or the reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations under those policies, a claimant may seek to recover from us under the guarantee.

From 1980 to 1983, the Company owned indirectly the English & American Insurance Company (“E&A”), which was a member of the ILU. The ILU required the Company to guarantee a portion of E&A’s obligations. After E&A became insolvent in 1993, the ILU agreed to discharge the guarantee in exchange for the Company’s agreement to post an evergreen letter of credit that is available to pay claims by policyholders on certain E&A policies issued through the ILU and incepting between July 3, 1980 and October 6, 1983. Certain claims have been paid under the letter of credit and we anticipate that additional claimants may seek to recover against the letter of credit.

Putnam-related Matters

Under the terms of a stock purchase agreement with Great-West Lifeco Inc. (“GWL”) related to GWL’s purchase of Putnam Investments Trust from the Company in August 2007, a copy of which was

91

included as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2007, we agreed to indemnify GWL with respect to certain Putnam-related litigation and regulatory matters. Most of these matters have been resolved.

One action by investors in certain Putnam mutual funds, which asserts derivative claims on behalf of the funds against Putnam regarding excessive short-term trading, remains pending in the District of Maryland, and may be subject to our indemnification obligations.

Kroll-related Matters

Under the terms of a stock purchase agreement with Altegrity, Inc. (“Altegrity”) related to Altegrity’s purchase of Kroll from the Company in August 2010, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010, we agreed to provide a limited indemnity to Altegrity with respect to certain Kroll-related litigation and regulatory matters.

The pending proceedings and other matters described in this Note 16 on Claims, Lawsuits and Other Contingencies may expose the Company or its subsidiaries to liability for significant monetary damages and other forms of relief. Where a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, we establish liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic No. 450-20 (Contingencies—Loss Contingencies). Except as described above, we are not able at this time to provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to these matters or the impact they may have on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. This is primarily because these matters are still developing and involve complex issues subject to inherent uncertainty. Adverse determinations in one or more of these matters could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows in a future period.

17.    Segment Information

The Company’s organization structure and segment reporting is based on the types of services provided. Under this organizational structure, the Company’s business segments are:

Ÿ Risk and Insurance Services, comprising insurance services (Marsh) and reinsurance services (Guy Carpenter); and

Ÿ Consulting, comprising Mercer and Oliver Wyman Group.

With the sale of Kroll in August 2010, along with previous divestiture transactions between 2008 and 2010, the Company has now divested its entire Risk Consulting and Technology segment. As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, based on the terms and conditions of the divestitures of the corporate advisory and restructuring businesses in 2008, the Company determined it has “continuing involvement” in those businesses, as that term is used in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5e. Therefore classification of CARG as discontinued operations is not appropriate, and their financial results in the current and prior periods are included in operating income. The run-off of the Company’s involvement in the CARG businesses is now managed by the Company’s corporate departments, and consequently, the financial results of these businesses are now included in “Corporate” for segment reporting purposes.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those used for the consolidated financial statements described in Note 1. The information in the following table excludes the results of Kroll, which are classified as discontinued operations as described in Note 5. Revenues are attributed to geographic areas on the basis of where the services are performed. Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating income, which includes directly related expenses, and charges or credits related to integration and restructuring but not the Company’s corporate-level expenses.

92

Selected information about the Company’s operating segments and geographic areas of operation are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	Revenue			Operating Income (Loss)			Total Assets			Depreciation and Amortization		Capital Expenditures
2010—
Risk and Insurance Services	$	5,764	(a)	$	972		$	9,418		$	177	$	144
Consulting		4,835	(b)		129			4,437			113		80
Total Operating Segments		10,599			1,101			13,855			290		224
Corporate/Eliminations		(49	)(c)		(162	)(c)		1,455	(d)		29		34
Total Consolidated	$	10,550		$	939		$	15,310		$	319	$	258
2009—
Risk and Insurance Services	$	5,284	(a)	$	796		$	8,320		$	153	$	147
Consulting		4,609	(b)		405			4,244			114		78
Total Operating Segments		9,893			1,201			12,564			267		225
Corporate/Eliminations		(62	)(c)		(423	)(c)		2,773	(d)		28		36
Total Consolidated	$	9,831		$	778		$	15,337		$	295	$	261
2008—
Risk and Insurance Services	$	5,466	(a)	$	460		$	7,704		$	188	$	135
Consulting		5,196	(b)		555			4,156			111		113
Total Operating Segments		10,662			1,015			11,860			299		248
Corporate/Eliminations		68	(c)		(336	)(c)		3,346	(d)		29		89
Total Consolidated	$	10,730		$	679		$	15,206		$	328	$	337

(a) Includes inter-segment revenue ($7 million in 2010, $18 million in 2009 and $5 million in 2008), interest income on fiduciary funds ($45 million in 2010, $54 million in 2009 and $139 million in 2008) and equity method income of ($12 million in 2010, $13 million in 2009 and $15 million in 2008).

(b) Includes inter-segment revenue ($43 million in 2010, $45 million in 2009 and $52 million in 2008) and interest income on fiduciary funds ($4 million in 2010, $4 million in 2009 and $10 million in 2008).

(c) Includes results of corporate advisory and restructuring business.

(d) Corporate assets primarily include insurance recoverables, pension related assets, the owned portion of the Company headquarters building and intercompany eliminations. Also includes assets of discontinued operations and the Corporate Advisory and Restructuring business of $0 million, $1,573 million and $1,887 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Details of Operating Segment Revenue are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Risk and Insurance Services
Marsh	$	4,781		$	4,363		$	4,632
Guy Carpenter		983			921			834
Total Risk and Insurance Services		5,764			5,284			5,466
Consulting
Mercer		3,478			3,327			3,642
Oliver Wyman Group		1,357			1,282			1,554
Total Consulting		4,835			4,609			5,196
Total Operating Segments		10,599			9,893			10,662
Corporate/Eliminations		(49	)		(62	)		68
Total	$	10,550		$	9,831		$	10,730

93

Information by geographic area is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Revenue
United States	$	4,708		$	4,436		$	4,694
United Kingdom		1,720			1,708			1,820
Continental Europe		1,809			1,798			2,001
Asia Pacific		1,067			862			925
Other		1,295			1,089			1,222
		10,599			9,893			10,662
Corporate/Eliminations		(49	)		(62	)		68
	$	10,550		$	9,831		$	10,730
December 31, (In millions of dollars)	2010			2009			2008
Fixed Assets, Net
United States	$	511		$	515		$	518
United Kingdom		132			147			143
Continental Europe		69			74			82
Asia Pacific		43			41			33
Other		67			73			97
	$	822		$	850		$	873

94

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

New York, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 25, 2011

95

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA AND

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
	(In millions of dollars, except per share figures)
2010:
Revenue	$	2,635		$	2,606		$	2,524	$	2,785
Operating income (loss)	$	425		$	(50	)	$	239	$	325
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	274		$	(29	)	$	128	$	192
(Loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(22	)	$	271		$	43	$	14
Net income attributable to the Company	$	248		$	236		$	168	$	203
Basic Per Share Data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.50		$	(0.06	)	$	0.23	$	0.35
(Loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.49		$	0.07	$	0.02
Net income attributable to the Company	$	0.46		$	0.43		$	0.30	$	0.37
Diluted Per Share Data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.49		$	(0.06	)	$	0.22	$	0.34
(Loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(0.04	)	$	0.49		$	0.08	$	0.03
Net income attributable to the Company	$	0.45		$	0.43		$	0.30	$	0.37
Dividends Paid Per Share	$	0.20		$	0.20		$	0.20	$	0.21
2009:
Revenue	$	2,443		$	2,470		$	2,355	$	2,563
Operating income (loss)	$	317		$	293		$	196	$	(28	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	171		$	157		$	208	$	(5	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	9		$	(347	)	$	18	$	30
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	176		$	(193	)	$	221	$	23
Basic Per Share Data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.31		$	0.28		$	0.38	$	(0.01	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	0.02		$	(0.64	)	$	0.03	$	0.05
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	0.33		$	(0.36	)	$	0.41	$	0.04
Diluted Per Share Data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.31		$	0.28		$	0.38	$	(0.01	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	0.02		$	(0.65	)	$	0.03	$	0.05
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company	$	0.33		$	(0.37	)	$	0.41	$	0.04
Dividends Paid Per Share	$	0.20		$	0.20		$	0.20	$	0.20

As of February 22, 2011 there were 7,635 stockholders of record.

96

Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Based on their evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

(a) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures relating to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; the recording of all necessary transactions to permit the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; the proper authorization of receipts and expenditures in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and the prevention or timely detection of the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers. In making this evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on its evaluation, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm that audited and reported on the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K, also issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

97

(b) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

New York, New York

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Company and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 25, 2011

98

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.      Other Information.

None.

99

PART III

Item 10.      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information as to the directors and nominees for the board of directors of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the material set forth under the heading “Item 1—Election of Directors” in the 2011 Proxy Statement.

The executive officers of the Company are Orlando D. Ashford, Peter J. Beshar, M. Michele Burns, John Drzik, Brian Duperreault, E. Scott Gilbert, Daniel S. Glaser, David Nadler, Vanessa A. Wittman and Peter Zaffino. Information with respect to these individuals is provided in Part I, Item 1 above under the heading “Executive Officers of the Company”.

The information set forth in the 2011 Proxy Statement in the sections “Transactions with Management and Others; Other Information—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Corporate Governance—Codes of Conduct” and “Board of Directors and Committees—Committees—Audit Committee” is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.      Executive Compensation.

The information set forth in the sections “Board of Directors and Committees—Director Compensation” and “Compensation of Executive Officers” in the 2011 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information set forth in the sections “Stock Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the 2011 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information set forth in the sections “Corporate Governance—Director Independence”, “Corporate Governance—Review of Related-Person Transactions” and “Transactions with Management and Others; Other Information” in the 2011 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.      Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information set forth under the heading “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2011 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

100

PART IV

Item 15.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. ^†

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Other:

Selected Quarterly Financial Data and Supplemental Information (Unaudited) for fiscal years 2010 and 2009

Five-Year Statistical Summary of Operations

2. All required Financial Statement Schedules are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:

(2.1) Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2010, by and between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Altegrity, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010)

(3.1) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2008)

(3.2) Amended and Restated By-Laws of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 17, 2009)

(4.1) Indenture dated as of June 14, 1999 between Marsh & McLennan Companies and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-108566)

(4.2) First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 14, 1999 between Marsh & McLennan Companies and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999)

(4.3) Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 19, 2003 between Marsh & McLennan Companies and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003)

† As permitted by Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, the company has not filed with this Form 10-K certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the company and its subsidiaries because the total amount authorized under any of such instruments does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The company agrees to furnish a copy of any such agreement to the Commission upon request.

101

(4.4) Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 30, 2003 between Marsh & McLennan Companies and U.S. National Bank Association (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003)

(4.5) Indenture dated as of March 19, 2002 between Marsh & McLennan Companies and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-87510)

(4.6) Indenture, dated as of July 14, 2004, between Marsh & McLennan Companies and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)

(4.7) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 14, 2004, between Marsh & McLennan Companies and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)

(4.8) Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, between Marsh & McLennan Companies and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 13, 2005)

(4.9) Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2009, between Marsh & McLennan Companies and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009)

(4.10) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2009, between Marsh & McLennan Companies and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2009)

(10.1) Agreement between the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, and Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates dated January 30, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 2005)

(10.2) Amendment No. 1, effective as of January 30, 2005, to Agreement between the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, and Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates dated January 30, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)

(10.3) Amendment No. 2, dated September 27, 2005, to Agreement between the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, and Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates, dated January 30, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005)

(10.4) Amendment No. 3, dated August 17, 2006, to the Agreement, dated January 30, 2005, as amended, among Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates, the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 17, 2006)

(10.5) Amendment No. 4, signed August 6, 2007, to the Agreement, dated January 30, 2005, as amended, among Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates, the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 6, 2007)

102

(10.6) Amendment No. 5, dated May 16, 2008, to the Agreement, dated January 30, 2005, as amended, among Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates, the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2008)

(10.7) Amended and Restated Agreement, effective February 11, 2010, to the Agreement, dated January 30, 2005, as amended, among Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., Marsh Inc. and their subsidiaries and affiliates, the Attorney General of the State of New York and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 11, 2010)

(10.8) *Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999)

(10.9) *Amendments to Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005)

(10.10) *Form of Awards under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004)

(10.11) *Additional Forms of Awards under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)

(10.12) *Form of Restricted Stock Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005)

(10.13) *Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Award to Brian Duperreault under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.14) *Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)

(10.15) *Form of Awards under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004)

(10.16) *Additional Forms of Awards under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)

(10.17) *Form of Long-term Incentive Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006)

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

103

(10.18) *Form of 2007 Long-term Incentive Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007)

(10.19) *Form of 2008 Long-term Incentive Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008)

(10.20) *Form of 2009 Long-term Incentive Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009)

(10.21) *Form of 2010 Long-term Incentive Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)

(10.22) *Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)

(10.23) *Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award, dated as of January 1, 2009, under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.24) *Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award, dated as of February 23, 2009, under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009)

(10.25) *Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award, dated as of May 3, 2010, under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010)

(10.26) *Amendments to Certain Marsh & McLennan Companies Equity-Based Awards Due to U.S. Tax Law Changes Affecting Equity-Based Awards granted under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Employee Incentive and Stock Award Plan, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.27) *Amendments to Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Awards Due to U.S. Tax Law Changes Affecting Awards granted under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan, dated June 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009)

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

104

(10.28) *Section 409A Amendment Document, effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.29) *Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan (formerly the Marsh & McLennan Companies Stock Investment Supplemental Plan), Amendment and Restatement effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.30) *First Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan, effective January 1, 2009

(10.31) *Second Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan, effective December 31, 2010

(10.32) *Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Special Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

(10.33) *Marsh & McLennan Companies Benefit Equalization Plan and Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Retirement Plan, as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.34) *First Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Benefit Equalization Plan and Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 2009

(10.35) *Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2008)

(10.36) *Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, effective December 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009)

(10.37) *Marsh & McLennan Companies Senior Management Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)

(10.38) *Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Directors Stock Compensation Plan-May 1, 2009 Restatement (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)

(10.39) *Description of compensation arrangements for non-executive directors of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. effective June 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)

(10.40) *Employment Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007, by and between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Peter J. Beshar (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2009)

(10.41) *Letter Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Peter J. Beshar (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

105

(10.42) *Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2005, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and M. Michele Burns (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2005)

(10.43) *Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 25, 2006, to Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2005, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and M. Michele Burns (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006)

(10.44) *Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 12, 2008, to Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2005, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and M. Michele Burns (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

(10.45) *Letter Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and M. Michele Burns (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)

(10.46) *Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2007, by and between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Daniel S. Glaser (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009)

(10.47) *Letter Agreement, effective as of December 10, 2010, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Daniel S. Glaser

(10.48) *Employment Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2008, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Brian Duperreault (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 2008)

(10.49) *Employment Letter, effective as of September 17, 2009 and January 30, 2011, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Brian Duperreault (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 16, 2009)

(10.50) *Letter Agreement, dated August 18, 2008, between Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Vanessa A. Wittman (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2008)

(12) Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(14) Code of Ethics for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002)

(21) List of Subsidiaries of Marsh & McLennan Companies (as of 2/18/2011)

(23) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(24) Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

(31.1) Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

(31.2) Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

(32) Section 1350 Certifications

101.INS XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

106

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	MARSH & McLENNAN COMPANIES, INC.
Dated: February 25, 2011	By	/S/    BRIAN DUPERREAULT
		Brian Duperreault President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Luciana Fato and Katherine J. Brennan, and each of them singly, such person’s lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to them and each of them to sign for such person, in the capacity indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated this 25th day of February, 2011.

Name	Title	Date
/S/    BRIAN DUPERREAULT Brian Duperreault	Director, President & Chief Executive Officer	February 25, 2011
/S/    VANESSA A. WITTMAN Vanessa A. Wittman	Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	February 25, 2011
/S/    ROBERT J. RAPPORT Robert J. Rapport	Senior Vice President & Controller (Chief Accounting Officer)	February 25, 2011
/S/    LESLIE M. BAKER, JR. Leslie M. Baker, Jr.	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    ZACHARY W. CARTER Zachary W. Carter	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    OSCAR FANJUL Oscar Fanjul	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    H. EDWARD HANWAY H. Edward Hanway	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    STEPHEN R. HARDIS Stephen R. Hardis	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    GWENDOLYN S. KING Gwendolyn S. King	Director	February 25, 2010
/S/    LORD LANG OF MONKTON Lord Lang of Monkton	Director	February 25, 2011

Name	Title	Date
/S/    BRUCE P. NOLOP Bruce P. Nolop	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    MARC D. OKEN Marc D. Oken	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    MORTON O. SCHAPIRO Morton O. Schapiro	Director	February 25, 2011
/S/    ADELE SIMMONS Adele Simmons	Director	February 25, 2011

EX-10.30

Exhibit 10.30

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES

SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) amended and restated the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan, effective January 1, 2009 (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Employee Benefit Plan Guidelines adopted by the Board of Directors on September 18, 2003 (the “Guidelines”) and Section 8.1 of the Plan, the Company acting through its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or any officer appointed directly or indirectly by the CEO, has the authority to adopt or amend the Plan if the amendment (a) is required pursuant to law or other requirement having the effect of law or (b) would reasonably be expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires to clarify the payment rules that apply to post-2004 benefits, and (ii) to make certain other changes to the Plan ; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined that the proposed changes to the Plan would be reasonably expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plans are hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2009, as follows:

1. Section 5.3(i) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“(i) Determination of Payment Date. Except as may otherwise be provided in Section 5.3(e) with respect to subsequent distribution elections, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right to designate the date or taxable year of payment of any distributions to be made under Sections 5.3(c), (d), (g) or (h) of the Plan.”

2. Section 9.9 of the Plan is hereby re-numbered as Section 9.10 and a new Section 9.9 is hereby added after Section 9.8 to read as follows:

“Section 9.9. Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the terms of each Plan shall in all instances be interpreted in a manner so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.”

3. Effective Date.

The provisions of the First Amendment to the Plan are hereby effective as of January 1, 2009.

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC. has caused this First Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan to be executed this 26th day of October, 2010 by its authorized officer.

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC.
By:	/s/ Leon J. Lichter
	Leon J. Lichter
	Vice President, Corporate Human Resources
	Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

3

EX-10.31

Exhibit 10.31

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES

SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) amended and restated the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan, effective January 1, 2009 (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Employee Benefit Plan Guidelines adopted by the Board of Directors on September 18, 2003 (the “Guidelines”) and Section 8.1 of the Plan, the Company acting through its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or any officer appointed directly or indirectly by the CEO, has the authority to adopt or amend the Plan if the amendment (a) is required pursuant to law or other requirement having the effect of law or (b) would reasonably be expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company amended the Plan on October 26, 2010 (the “First Amendment”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to: (1) clarify the definition of the term “Deferral Limit”; and (2) modify the initial enrollment rules for new hires and employees of acquired companies;

WHEREAS, it has been determined that the proposed changes to the Plan would be reasonably expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company; and

WHEREAS, Leon J. Lichter, Vice President, Corporate Human Resources Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. currently is serving as the Company Representative;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 1.12 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“1.12 Deferral Limit means, with respect to any Plan Year and only with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions made under the Basic Plan, the limit on elective deferrals for such calendar year provided by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code, including the Catch-Up Contribution limitation amount set forth in Section 414(v) of the Code with respect to an eligible individual; provided, however, that the Catch-Up Contribution limitation amount shall be added to a Participant’s Deferral Limit for a Plan Year only if he or she made Catch-Up Contributions under the Basic Plan for such Plan Year.”

2. Section 2.2(a) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“(a) New Hire. In the case of any individual who is newly hired on or after January 1, 2011 by a Participating Company and who satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1, such individual may complete and submit to the Plan Administrator his or her Enrollment Authorization and Distribution Election during the first Annual Enrollment period occurring on or after his or her date of hire; provided, however, if such individual’s date of hire occurs on or after the date the Plan Administrator, pursuant to procedures it adopts, establishes as the last day of the Annual Enrollment period for determining an individual’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, then such individual’s initial Annual Enrollment period shall be the Annual Enrollment period beginning in the next succeeding Plan Year.”

3. Section 2.2 of the Plan is amended by re-designating paragraph (c) as paragraph (d) and inserting new paragraph (c) after paragraph (b) to read:

“(c) Acquisitions. In the case of any individual who is employed by an Acquired Company on its date of acquisition by a Participating Company and satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 of the Plan, such individual may complete and submit to the Plan Administrator his or her Enrollment Authorization and Distribution Election during the first Annual Enrollment period occurring on or after the closing date of the Acquired Company’s acquisition by a Participating Company; provided, however, if the closing date of an Acquired Company’s acquisition is scheduled to occur on or about, but no later than, the last day of a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator, at the direction of the Participating Company, shall provide an individual not otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan under the provisions of this Section 2.2(c) with his or her initial Enrollment Authorization and Distribution Election during the Annual Enrollment period

- 2 -

occurring during the Plan Year in which the closing date of Acquired Company’s acquisition occurs; and, provided further, the acceptance of such Enrollment Authorization and Distribution Election by the Plan Administrator shall be contingent upon such acquisition closing on a date that is no later than the last day of such Plan Year.”

4. New Section 2.2(d) of the Plan is restated as follows:

“(d) No Distribution Election. If an Eligible Employee selected under Section 2.1 to participate in the Plan completes and submits to the Plan Administrator an Enrollment Authorization, but fails to timely complete and submit his or her Distribution Election to the Plan Administrator in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 2.2, such Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have made the default election described in Section 5.3(d) but shall be eligible to make a subsequent Distribution Election in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3(e).”

5. Effective Date.

The provisions of the Second Amendment to the Plan are hereby effective on December 31, 2010.

- 3 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC. has caused this Second Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Savings & Investment Plan to be executed this 23rd day of December, 2010 by its authorized officer.

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC.
By:	/s/ Leon J. Lichter
	Leon J. Lichter
	Vice President, Corporate Human Resources
	Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

- 4 -

EX-10.34

Exhibit 10.34

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES

BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN

AND

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) amended and restated the Marsh & McLennan Companies Benefit Equalization Plan (“BEP”) and the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Retirement Plan (“SRP”), effective January 1, 2009 (collectively, the “Plans”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Employee Benefit Plan Guidelines adopted by the Board of Directors on September 18, 2003 (the “Guidelines”) and PART III, Section 2.1 of the Plans, the Company acting through its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or any officer appointed directly or indirectly by the CEO, has the authority to adopt or amend the Plans if the amendment (a) is required pursuant to law or other requirement having the effect of law or (b) would reasonably be expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company;

WHEREAS, several states, cities and municipalities have amended applicable domestic relations laws, enacted local ordinances or taken administrative actions granting legal rights to individuals of the same sex who are registered as being in a domestic partnership or similar relationship;

WHEREAS, Company has determined that to best comply with such domestic relations laws, ordinances and administrative actions and the desire to accommodate the needs of all of its employees participating in the Plans, the Plans should be amended to provide surviving domestic partners and same sex spouses of participants of the Plans who die on or after January 1, 2009,

with a separate pre-retirement death benefit that is comparable to that provided under the Plans to the surviving opposite sex spouses of deceased participants;

WHEREAS, the Company has (i) determined that death benefits shall be added to the Plans for the benefit of participants’ domestic partners and spouses of the same sex based on participants’ accrued benefits under BEP and SRP, including those that were earned before 2005, if any, and shall be subject to, and comply with, the rules and requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulation issued thereunder and (ii) decided to make certain other changes to the Plans;

WHEREAS, it has been determined that the proposed changes to the Plans would be reasonably expected to have no more than a de minimis effect on the Company; and

WHEREAS, Leon J. Lichter, Vice President, Corporate Human Resources Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. currently is serving as the Company Representative;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plans are hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2009, and for items 1 through 14 below with respect to the death of any Participant that occurs on or after January 1, 2009, as follows:

1. Sections 2.9 through 2.32 are hereby re-numbered as Sections 2.10 through 2.33, respectively, and new Section 2.9 is added after Section 2.8 to read, in its entirety, as follows:

“2.9. Domestic Partner - means, at the date of death of a Participant, a partner of the same or opposite sex with whom an individual is registered as a ‘domestic partner’ or such other term of similar meaning in accordance with the requirements of a state, city, or municipality that recognizes domestic partnerships or similar relationships. A Participant and his or her same sex or opposite sex domestic partner who are not registered as domestic partners as provided in the previous sentence or have been registered for less than the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on the Participant’s date of death will qualify as Domestic Partners for purposes of the survivor’s benefit under Section 4.7A of the Plan and Section 4.7A of the Supplemental Plan if: (1) both domestic partners are at least age eighteen (18); (2) neither partner is currently married to another individual nor has been the spouse or domestic partner of any other person for at least the previous

2

twelve (12) months; (3) the partners are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that would prohibit marriage under applicable law of the state of the Participant’s domicile; (4) the partners are in an exclusive, committed relationship that has existed for at least twelve (12) months and is intended to be permanent; (5) the partners have mutually agreed to be responsible for each other’s common welfare; and (6) the partners have resided together for at least the previous twelve (12) months and intend to do so permanently.”

2. Section 2.25 of BEP, as re-numbered herein, is amended and restated to read as follows:

“Section 2.25. Qualified Spouse - means the individual of the opposite sex to whom a Participant is legally married on such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, and for purposes of the survivor’s benefit under Section 4.7 of the Plan and Section 4.7 of the Supplemental Plan, the individual of the opposite sex to whom the Participant is married for at least the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on his or her date of death.

3. Section 4.5(a) of BEP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(a) Form of Payment. The form of payment of a Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if he or she is married on his or her Annuity Starting Date to a Qualified Spouse, or a Single Life Annuity if he or she is not married on his or her Annuity Starting Date to a Qualified Spouse. Until his or her Annuity Starting Date, and pursuant to procedures established by the Plan Administrator from time to time, a Participant may designate a Contingent Annuitant, including, but not limited to, his or her Domestic Partner, and elect to have his or her Post-2004 Benefit paid in any of the forms provided in Article VII of the Retirement Plan that is the Actuarial Equivalent of his or her Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Single Life Annuity benefit under this Plan. If a Participant fails to confirm his or her marital or domestic partnership status or the age of his or her Qualified Spouse or Contingent Annuitant with the Plan Administrator before his or her Annuity Starting Date and the records of the Plan Administrator indicate that the Participant has a Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant shall be deemed to be twenty (20) years younger than the Participant. In the event that the Participant, Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner provides evidence, as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, to the Plan Administrator of the Participant’s marital or domestic partnership status or age of the Contingent Annuitant, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, actuarially adjust payments to be made to the Participant and/or Contingent Annuitant or require that such other method of correction be followed, provided, however, that such method shall not be inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.”

3

4. Section 4.5(d) of BEP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(d) Special Death Benefit. In the event a Participant dies before he or she has received the ‘first payment’ of his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form determined under paragraph (a) of this Section 4.5 and in accordance with the time of payment rules under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this Section 4.5, whichever is applicable, the monthly payments otherwise due but unpaid by the Participant’s date of death shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary, and if none has been designated, the Participant’s surviving Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, as the case may be, or, if there is none, the Participant’s estate, as soon as administratively practicable after such death, provided that payment shall be made no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Beneficiary, Qualified Spouse, Domestic Partner or representative of the estate shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

5. Section 4.6(b) of BEP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(b) Post-2004 Benefit. If the aggregate lump sum value of the Participant’s Equalization Benefit, Supplemental Benefit, benefit payable under the J&H Excess Plan and/or Sedgwick Excess Plan and benefits payable under any other non-qualified deferred compensation required to be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A of the Code does not exceed the applicable dollar limit under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code in effect for the calendar year, then the Actuarial Equivalent lump sum amount of his or her Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid to the Participant, without his or her consent, in the fourth (4^th) month (or seventh (7^th) month in the case of a Specified Employee) following the calendar month in which such Participant Separates from Service for any reason other than death. If the Participant dies after Separation from Service but before receipt of his or her lump sum payment, such amount shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, and if none has been designated, the Participant’s surviving Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, as the case may be, or, if there is none, the Participant’s estate, as soon as administratively practicable after such death, provided that payment shall be made no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Beneficiary, Qualified Spouse, Domestic Partner or representative of the estate shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

6. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 4.7(a) of BEP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(ii) Post-2004 Benefit.

4

(A) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had not attained age fifty (50), his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Early Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of such survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(B) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant was age fifty (50) or older, his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined as of the date of his or death with no actuarial reductions for the form of payment or payment commencing prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Payment to the Qualified Spouse shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the death of the Participant. The Qualified Spouse shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

7. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 4.7(b) of BEP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(ii) Post-2004 Benefit.

(A) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had not attained age fifty-five (55), his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of the survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she had lived until age fifty-five (55).

5

(B) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had attained age fifty-five (55) or greater, his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of the survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the death of the Participant. The Qualified Spouse shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

8. New Section 4.7A is hereby added to BEP after Section 4.7 to read as follows:

“Section 4.7A Pre-Retirement Domestic Partner Death Benefits.

(a) Death during Active Employment. If a Participant dies while actively employed, the Participant’s surviving Domestic Partner shall be entitled to receive a death benefit in the form of a survivor’s annuity. The amount and timing of such benefit payments under the survivor’s annuity shall be determined as follows:

(i) If, at the time of his or death, the Participant had not attained age fifty (50), his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Equalization Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Early Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Equalization Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(ii) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant was age fifty (50) or older, his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Equalization Benefit determined as of the date of his or death with no actuarial reductions for the form of payment or payment commencing prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence as soon as administratively practicable

6

after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Participant’s Domestic Partner shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.

(b) Death after Termination of Employment. If a Participant dies after he or she terminates employment with the Company but before benefit payments under the Plan have commenced, and no other death benefits are payable under either Section 4.5 or Section 4.6 of the Plan, the Participant’s surviving Domestic Partner shall be entitled to receive a death benefit in the form of a survivor’s annuity. The amount and timing of such benefit payments under the survivor’s annuity shall be determined as follows:

(i) If, at the time of his or death, the Participant had not attained age fifty-five (55), his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Equalization Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Equalization Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(ii) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had attained age fifty-five (55) or greater, his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Equalization Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Equalization Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Participant’s Domestic Partner shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.

7

9. Section 4.5(a) of SRP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(a) Form of Payment. The form of payment of a Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if he or she is married on his or her Annuity Starting Date to a Qualified Spouse, or a Single Life Annuity if he or she is not married on his or her Annuity Starting Date to a Qualified Spouse. Until his or her Annuity Starting Date, and pursuant to procedures established by the Plan Administrator from time to time, a Participant may designate a Contingent Annuitant, including, but not limited to, his or her Domestic Partner, and elect to have his or her Post-2004 Benefit paid in any of the forms provided in Article VII of the Retirement Plan that is the Actuarial Equivalent of his or her Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Single Life Annuity benefit under this Plan. If a Participant fails to confirm his or her marital or domestic partnership status or the age of his or her Qualified Spouse or Contingent Annuitant with the Plan Administrator before his or her Annuity Starting Date and the records of the Plan Administrator indicate that the Participant has a Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant shall be deemed to be twenty (20) years younger than the Participant. In the event that the Participant, Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner provides evidence, as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, to the Plan Administrator of the Participant’s marital status or age of the Contingent Annuitant, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, actuarially adjust payments to be made to the Participant and/or Contingent Annuitant or require that such other method of correction be followed, provided, however, that such method shall not be inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.”

10. Section 4.5(d) of SRP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(d) Special Death Benefit. In the event a Participant dies before he or she has received the ‘first payment’ of his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form determined under paragraph (a) of this Section 4.5 and in accordance with the time of payment rules under paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this Section 4.5, whichever is applicable, the monthly payments otherwise due but unpaid by the Participant’s date of death shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary, and if none has been designated, the Participant’s surviving Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, as the case may be, or, if there is none, the Participant’s estate, as soon as administratively practicable after such death, provided that payment shall be made no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Beneficiary, Qualified Spouse, Domestic Partner or representative of the estate shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

8

11. Section 4.6(b) of SRP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(b) Post-2004 Benefit. If the aggregate lump sum value of the Participant’s Equalization Benefit, Supplemental Benefit, benefit payable under the J&H Excess Plan and/or Sedgwick Excess Plan and benefits payable under any other non-qualified deferred compensation required to be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A of the Code does not exceed the applicable dollar limit under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code in effect for the calendar year, then the Actuarial Equivalent lump sum amount of his or her Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid to the Participant, without his or her consent, in the fourth (4^th) month (or seventh (7^th) month in the case of a Specified Employee) following the calendar month in which such Participant Separates from Service for any reason other than death. If the Participant dies after Separation from Service but before receipt of his or her lump sum payment, such amount shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, and if none has been designated, the Participant’s surviving Qualified Spouse or Domestic Partner, as the case may be, or, if there is none, the Participant’s estate, as soon as administratively practicable after such death, provided that payment shall be made no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Beneficiary, Qualified Spouse, Domestic Partner or representative of the estate shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

12. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 4.7(a) of SRP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(ii) Post-2004 Benefit.

(A) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had not attained age fifty (50), his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Early Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of such survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(B) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant was age fifty (50) or older, his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined as of the date of his or death with no actuarial reductions for the form of payment or payment commencing prior to the Participant’s

9

Normal Retirement Date. Payment to the Qualified Spouse shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the death of the Participant. The Qualified Spouse shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

13. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 4.7(b) of SRP is amended and restated to read as follows:

“(ii) Post-2004 Benefit.

(A) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had not attained age fifty-five (55), his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of the survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she had lived until age fifty-five (55).

(B) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had attained age fifty-five (55) or greater, his or her Qualified Spouse’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Post-2004 Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Payment of the survivor’s portion to the Qualified Spouse shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the death of the Participant. The Qualified Spouse shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.”

10

14. New Section 4.7A is hereby added to SRP after Section 4.7 to read as follows:

“Section 4.7A Pre-Retirement Domestic Partner Death Benefits

(a) Death during Active Employment. If a Participant dies while actively employed, the Participant’s surviving Domestic Partner shall be entitled to receive a death benefit in the form of a survivor’s annuity. The amount and timing of such benefit payments under the survivor’s annuity shall be determined as follows:

(i) If, at the time of his or death, the Participant had not attained age fifty (50), his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Early Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Supplemental Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(ii) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant was age fifty (50) or older, his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit determined as of the date of his or death with no actuarial reductions for the form of payment or payment commencing prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Participant’s Domestic Partner shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.

(b) Death after Termination of Employment. If a Participant dies after he or she terminates employment with the Company but before benefit payments under the Plan have commenced, and no other death benefits are payable under either Section 4.5 or Section 4.6 of the Plan, the Participant’s surviving Domestic Partner shall be entitled to receive a death benefit in the form of a survivor’s annuity. The amount and timing of such benefit payments under the survivor’s annuity shall be determined as follows:

(i) If, at the time of his or death, the Participant had not attained age fifty-five (55), his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit

11

shall be based on the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan as of his or date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Supplemental Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence on the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, with such date determined as if he or she lived until age fifty-five (55).

(ii) If, at the time of his or her death, the Participant had attained age fifty-five (55) or greater, his or her Domestic Partner’s monthly benefit shall be based on the Participant’s Supplemental Benefit determined and actuarially reduced based on the applicable reduction factors provided under the Retirement Plan on his or her date of death and as if the Participant had elected on the day immediately prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, had he or she lived, to be paid his or her Supplemental Benefit in the form of a Contingent Annuity Option with a 50% survivor’s annuity payable to the Contingent Annuitant. Payment of the survivor’s annuity to the Domestic Partner shall commence as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s death, provided that the commencement of payments shall occur no later than ninety (90) days following the Participant’s date of death. The Participant’s Domestic Partner shall not be permitted to designate, directly or indirectly, the taxable year of payment.

15. Section 3.8 of Part III is hereby re-numbered as Section 3.9 and a new Section 3.8 is hereby added after Section 3.7 of Part III to read as follows:

“Section 3.8. Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plans, the terms of each Plan shall in all instances be interpreted in a manner so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.”

12

16. Effective Date.

The provisions of the First Amendment to the Plans are hereby effective as of January 1, 2009 and with respect to items 1 through 14 shall apply with respect to the death of any Participant that occurs on or after January 1, 2009.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC. has caused this First Amendment to the Marsh & McLennan Companies Benefit Equalization Plan and the Marsh & McLennan Companies Supplemental Retirement Plan to be executed this 23rd day of December, 2010 by its authorized officer.

MARSH & MCLENNAN COMPANIES, INC.
By:	/s/ Leon J. Lichter
	Leon J. Lichter
	Vice President, Corporate Human Resources
	Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

14

EX-10.47

Exhibit 10.47

[MMC Letterhead]

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

[Address]

[City, State Zip Code]

Subject:             Terms of Employment

Dear Dan:

This letter agreement is intended to set forth the terms of your continued employment by Marsh Inc. (“Marsh”) as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Marsh Inc. This position reports to the Chief Executive Officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (“MMC”, and together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the “Company”). Your current principal work location is in New York, NY. The terms of this letter agreement are effective upon the expiration of the term of the Employment Agreement dated as of December 10, 2007 between you and MMC, as amended (the “Prior Agreement”) on December 10, 2010.

1. Duties and Responsibilities

You will continue to devote all of your attention and time during working hours to the affairs and business of Marsh and the Company and use your best efforts to perform such duties and responsibilities as are consistent with your position and as shall, from time to time, be reasonably assigned to you by the Chief Executive Officer of MMC. In addition, you agree to serve, without additional compensation, as an officer and director for any member of the Affiliated Group. For purposes of this letter agreement, the term “Affiliated Group” means MMC and any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity in which MMC has a 10% or greater direct or indirect interest. You may not serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees without the prior written consent of MMC.

2. Compensation and Benefits

Your compensation and benefits are as set forth below and in Exhibit A.

a. Annual base salary: You will receive an annual base salary of the amount set forth on Exhibit A, payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures in effect from time to time. Your base salary will be considered for adjustment in succeeding years as part of your normal performance management process.

b. Vacation: You are entitled to 5 weeks of vacation annually, in accordance with our Company policy.

c. Annual bonus: You are eligible for an annual bonus on the terms set forth on Exhibit A. Bonus awards are discretionary and may be paid in the form of cash, deferred cash or MMC stock units, or a combination thereof. Except as provided in this paragraph and in

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

Page 2 of 7

Section 3(a), to qualify for an annual bonus you must remain continuously and actively employed by the Company through the date of the bonus payment. The annual bonus shall be paid no later than March 15 of the year following the year for which such bonus is earned. In the event of your Permanent Disability (as defined below) or death, the Company shall pay you (or your estate in the case of death) a prorated target annual bonus for the year in which your termination occurs based on the portion of the year elapsed as of the date of your termination. Any such bonus amount shall be paid within 30 days of your death. In the event of your Permanent Disability, your prorated annual bonus payment is conditioned upon, and subject to, your execution and delivery to the Company within 30 days of the date of such event a valid confidential waiver and release of claims agreement (including restrictive covenants) in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and such Release has become irrevocable as provided therein (the “Release Date”). Payment of any such annual bonus amount shall then be paid within 30 days following the Release Effective Date.

As used in this letter agreement, “Permanent Disability” will be deemed to occur when it is determined (by MMC’s disability carrier or the primary long-term disability plan or program applicable to you because of your employment with the Company) that you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

d. Annual Long-Term Incentive Compensation: You are eligible to participate in MMC’s long-term incentive program with a target long-term incentive compensation award as set forth on Exhibit A. Long-term incentive awards are discretionary and are governed by terms and conditions approved by the Compensation Committee as set forth in the award agreement and in MMC’s 2000 Senior Executive Incentive and Stock Award Plan (or other plan under which the long-term incentive award is granted). In accordance with Company practice, you will be required to enter into a “Restrictive Covenants Agreement” in connection with the grant.

e. Benefit Programs: You and your eligible family members are eligible for participation in employee benefit plans, policies and programs provided by the Company on such terms and conditions as are generally provided to similarly situated employees of the Company. Please be aware that nothing in this letter agreement shall limit the Company’s ability to change, modify, cancel or amend any such policies or plans. In addition, you will be eligible to participate in the MMC Financial Services Program, as in effect from time to time.

3. Termination of Employment

a. You will be designated as a “Key Employee” under the Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (the “Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan”). In the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Senior Executive Severance Plan will exclusively govern the terms under which you may be eligible to receive severance and/or other transition benefits from the Company. In

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

Page 3 of 7

the event that the reason for your termination of employment entitles you to receive severance benefits under Article 5 of the Senior Executive Severance Plan, the Company shall also pay you the earned annual bonus, if any, for the calendar year that preceded your termination to the extent not theretofore paid.

b. Upon the termination of your employment for any reason, you shall immediately resign, as of your date of termination, from all positions that you then hold with any member of the Affiliated Group. You hereby agree to execute any and all documentation to effectuate such resignations upon request by the Company, but you shall be treated for all purposes as having so resigned upon your date of termination, regardless of when or whether you execute any such documentation.

c. During the term of this letter agreement, and, subject to any other business obligations that you may have, following your date of termination, you agree to assist the Affiliated Group in the investigation and/or defense of any claims or potential claims that may be made or threatened to be made against any member of the Affiliated Group, including any of their officers or directors (a “Proceeding”), and will assist the Affiliated Group in connection with any claims that may be made by any member of the Affiliated Group in any Proceeding. You agree, unless precluded by law, to promptly inform MMC if you are asked to participate in any Proceeding or to assist in any investigation of any member of the Affiliated Group. In addition, you agree to provide such services as are reasonably requested by the Company to assist any successor to you in the transition of duties and responsibilities to such successor. Following the receipt of reasonable documentation, the Company agrees to reimburse you for all of your reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such assistance. Your request for any reimbursement, including reasonable documentation, must be submitted as soon as practicable and otherwise consistent with Company policy. In any event, your request for a taxable reimbursement, including reasonable documentation, must be submitted by the October 31st of the year following the year in which the expense is incurred. The Company will generally reimburse such expenses within 60 days of the date they are submitted, but in no event will they be reimbursed later than the December 31st of the year following the year in which the expense is incurred.

4. Restrictive Covenants

You are subject to existing restrictions with respect to confidentiality, noncompetition or nonsolicitation under confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, or other agreements. Such restrictions, including specifically the restrictions and provisions included in Section 4 of the Prior Agreement (including subsection (iii) of the definition of “Competitive Activity” in Section 4.1(a) of the Prior Agreement, which provides that your acceptance of employment with an insurance carrier following a termination of employment with the Company is not a competitive activity), shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that the noncompetition and nonsolicitation period in Section 4.1(a) of the Prior Agreement shall be for 12 months following your termination of employment. By your execution of this letter agreement, you hereby reaffirm and ratify such restrictions.

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

Page 4 of 7

5. Miscellaneous

a. Notices. Notices given pursuant to this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received when personally delivered, or on the date of written confirmation of receipt by (i) overnight carrier, (ii) telecopy, (iii) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) such other method of delivery as provides a written confirmation of delivery. Notice to the Company shall be directed to:

Peter J. Beshar

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Notices to or with respect to you will be directed to you, or in the event of your death, your executors, personal representatives or distributees, at your home address as set forth in the records of the Company.

b. Assignment of this Agreement. This letter agreement is personal to you and shall not be assignable by you without the prior written consent of MMC. This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns. MMC may assign this letter agreement, without your consent, to any member of the Affiliated Group or to any other respective successor (whether directly or indirectly, by agreement, purchase, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial portion of the business and/or assets of Marsh or the Company, as applicable. If and to the extent that this letter agreement is so assigned, references to “Marsh” or the “Company” throughout this letter agreement shall mean Marsh or the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as applicable.

c. Merger of Terms. Except as set forth in Section 4 above, this letter agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between you and the Company with respect to the subject matters covered herein, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

d. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify you to the extent permitted by its bylaws with respect to the work you have performed for, or at the request of, the Company or any member of the Affiliated Group during the term of this letter agreement.

e. Governing Law; Amendments. This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this letter agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified other than by a written agreement executed by you and an authorized employee of MMC.

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

Page 5 of 7

f. Choice of Forum. The Company and you each hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of New York, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating thereto, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York state court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The Company and you agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

g. Severability; Captions. In the event that any provision of this letter agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this letter agreement will be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. The captions in this letter agreement are not part of the provisions of this letter agreement and will have no force or effect.

h. Section 409A.

The provisions of this paragraph will only apply if and to the extent required to avoid the imposition of taxes, interest and penalties on you under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”). Section 409A applies to nonqualified deferred compensation which exists if an individual has a “legally binding right” to compensation that is or may be payable in a later year. In furtherance of the objective of this paragraph, to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in your being subject to payment of taxes, interest or penalties under Section 409A, you and the Company agree to use our best efforts to amend this letter agreement in order to avoid or limit the imposition of any such taxes, interest or penalties, while maintaining to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provisions. This paragraph does not guarantee that you will not be subject to taxes, interest or penalties under Section 409A with respect to compensation or benefits described or referenced in this letter agreement.

Furthermore and notwithstanding any provision of this letter agreement to the contrary, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes, interest and penalties on you under Section 409A, if at the time of the termination of your employment you are a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), you will not be entitled to any payments upon termination of employment until the first day of the seventh month after the termination of employment and any such payments to which you would otherwise be entitled during the first six months following your termination of employment will be accumulated and paid without interest on the first day of the seventh month after the termination of employment.

i. Withholding Requirements. All amounts paid or provided to you under this Agreement shall be subject to any applicable income, payroll or other tax withholding requirements.

November 22, 2010

Daniel S. Glaser

Page 6 of 7

Please acknowledge your agreement with the terms of this letter agreement by signing and dating the enclosed copy and returning it to me on or before December 10, 2010.

Sincerely,

/s/ Brian Duperreault

Brian Duperreault

President and Chief Executive Officer

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Daniel S. Glaser

(Signature)

11/22/10

(Date)

Exhibit A

Base Salary	$1,000,000
Target Bonus Opportunity	Bonus awards are discretionary. Anticipated target bonus of $2,250,000. Actual bonus may range from 0% - 200% of target, based on individual and company performance targets (including, but not limited to, targets related to your performance and MMC’s financial performance) as MMC may establish from time to time.
Target Long Term Incentive Opportunity	Long term incentive awards are discretionary. Anticipated target grant-date value of $3,000,000.

EX-12

EXHIBIT 12

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(In millions, except ratios)

	Years Ended December 31,
		2010		2009		2008		2007		2006
Earnings
Income before income taxes	$	769	$	552	$	494	$	759	$	799
Interest expense		233		241		220		266		303
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor		140		132		145		162		162
	$	1,142	$	925	$	859	$	1,187	$	1,264
Fixed Charges
Interest expense	$	233	$	241	$	220	$	266	$	303
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor		140		132		145		162		162
	$	373	$	373	$	365	$	428	$	465
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		3.1		2.5		2.4		2.8		2.7

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

List of Subsidiaries

as of 2-18-2011

	Company Name	Domicile
1	A. Constantinidi & CIA. S.C.	Uruguay
2	A.C.N. 000 951 146 Pty Limited	Australia
3	A.C.N. 001 572 961 Pty Limited	Australia
4	A.C.N. 076 935 683 Pty Limited	Australia
5	A.C.N. 102 322 574 Pty Limited	Australia
6	Academee Limited	United Kingdom
7	Academee Pte Limited	Singapore
8	Access Equity Enhanced Fund GP, LLC	Delaware
9	Admiral Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
10	Advantage Premium Finance Company	Texas
11	AFCO Premium Acceptance Inc.	California
12	AFCO Premium Credit LLC	Delaware
13	Affinity Financial, Incorporated	Iowa
14	Aldgate Investments Limited	Bermuda
15	All Asia Sedgwick Insurance Brokers Corporation	Philippines
16	APRIMAN, Inc.	California
17	Assivalo Comercial E Representacoes Ltda.	Brazil
18	Assur Conseils Marsh S.A.	Senegal
19	Assurance Capital Corporation	Virginia
20	Assurance Services Corporation	Virginia
21	Australian World Underwriters Pty Ltd.	Australia
22	Bain Clarkson Reinsurance Pty Ltd.	Australia
23	BM 2011	United Kingdom
24	BMAR 2011	United Kingdom
25	Boral Benefits Management Inc.	California
26	Bostonian Solutions Property & Casualty, LLC	Massachusetts
27	Bowring (Bermuda) Investments Ltd.	Bermuda
28	Bowring Marsh (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
29	Bowring Marsh (Dublin) Limited	Ireland
30	Bowring Marsh Asia Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
31	Bowring Marsh Corretora de Resseguros Ltda.	Brazil
32	Buro Riethmann AG	Switzerland
33	ByS Servicios Especiales, Agente de Seguros, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
34	C.T. Bowring Limited	United Kingdom
35	Capatho AB	Sweden
36	Cecar Brasil Administracao e Corretagem de Seguros Ltda.	Brazil
37	Chas. G Haake & Sons, Inc.	Missouri
38	Chronos Insurance Brokers Pty Limited	Australia
39	Claims and Recovery Management (Australia) Pty Limited	Australia

40	Collins Capital Advisors, LLC	Minnesota
41	Collins Capital Holdings, LLC	Minnesota
42	Compañias DeLima S.A.	Colombia
43	Confidentia Life Insurance Agency Ltd.	Israel
44	Confidentia Marine Insurance Agency (1983) Ltd.	Israel
45	Constantinidi Marsh SA	Uruguay
46	Consultores 2020 C.A.	Venezuela
47	Consultores de Proteccion y Riesgos Ltda.	Colombia
48	Corporate Risk Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
49	Corporate Systems, Inc.	Nevada
50	CRG (Singapore) Pte Ltd	Singapore
51	CS STARS LLC	Delaware
52	Cullen Egan Dell Limited	New Zealand
53	Cumberland Brokerage Limited	Bermuda
54	DeLima Marsh S.A. - Los Corredores de Seguros S.A.	Colombia
55	Deutsche Post Assekuranz Vermittlungs GmbH	Germany
56	DVA - Deutsche Verkehrs-Assekuranz-Vermittlungs GmbH	Germany
57	EnBW Versicherungs Vermittlung GmbH	Germany
58	Encompass Insurance Agency Pty Ltd.	Australia
59	Encon Group Inc./Groupe Encon Inc.	Canada
60	English Pension Trustees Limited	United Kingdom
61	Epsilon (US) Insurance Company	New York
62	Epsilon Insurance Company, Ltd.	Cayman Islands
63	Exmoor Management Company Limited	Bermuda
64	Faulkner & Flynn, Inc.	Virginia
65	Gem Insurance Company Limited	Bermuda
66	General de Courtage D’Assurance	Togo
67	Gerenciadora de Riesgos S.A.	Argentina
68	GHC Financial Institutions Insurance Services Limited	United Kingdom
69	Gibbs Treaty Limited	United Kingdom
70	Global Premium Finance Company	Virginia
71	Guy Carpenter & Cia (Mexico) S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
72	Guy Carpenter & Cia., S.A.	Spain
73	Guy Carpenter & Co. Labuan Ltd.	Malaysia
74	Guy Carpenter & Company (Pty) Limited	South Africa
75	Guy Carpenter & Company AB	Sweden
76	Guy Carpenter & Company B.V.	Netherlands
77	Guy Carpenter & Company Corredores de Reaseguros Limitada	Chile
78	Guy Carpenter & Company GmbH	Germany
79	Guy Carpenter & Company Limited	Ireland
80	Guy Carpenter & Company Limited	United Kingdom
81	Guy Carpenter & Company Limited	New Zealand
82	Guy Carpenter & Company Peru Corredores de Reaseguros S.A.	Peru
83	Guy Carpenter & Company Private Limited	Singapore
84	Guy Carpenter & Company Pty. Limited	Australia

2

85	Guy Carpenter & Company S.A. (Uruguay)	Uruguay
86	Guy Carpenter & Company S.r.l.	Italy
87	Guy Carpenter & Company Venezuela, C.A.	Venezuela
88	Guy Carpenter & Company, Limited	Hong Kong
89	Guy Carpenter & Company, LLC	Delaware
90	Guy Carpenter & Company, Ltd./Guy Carpenter & Compagnie, Ltee	Canada
91	Guy Carpenter & Company, Ltda.	Brazil
92	Guy Carpenter & Company, S.A.	Belgium
93	Guy Carpenter & Company, S.A.	Argentina
94	Guy Carpenter & Company, S.A.S.	France
95	Guy Carpenter Bermuda Ltd.	Bermuda
96	Guy Carpenter Broking, Inc.	Delaware
97	Guy Carpenter Colombia Corredores de Reaseguros Ltda.	Colombia
98	Guy Carpenter Japan, Inc.	Japan
99	Guy Carpenter Mexico Intermediario de Reaseguro, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
100	Guy Carpenter Reinsurance Brokers Philippines, Inc.	Philippines
101	Hammond Associates Institutional Fund Consultants, Inc.	Missouri
102	Hansen International Limited	Delaware
103	HAPIP GP 2009, LLC	Delaware
104	HAPIP GP, LLC	Delaware
105	Houstoun, Woodard, Eason, Gentle, Tomforde and Anderson, Inc.	Texas
106	HSBC Insurance Brokers (Singapore) Pte Ltd.	Singapore
107	HSBC Insurance Brokers International (Abu Dhabi) LLC	United Arab Emirates
108	IA/BCH Strategic Alliance, L.L.C.	Texas
109	IAS Barbados, Ltd.	Barbados
110	Industrial Risks Protection Consultants	Nigeria
111	Insbrokers Ltda.	Uruguay
112	InSolutions Limited	United Kingdom
113	Insurance Brokers of Nigeria Limited	Nigeria
114	Interlink Securities Corp.	California
115	Invercol Limited	Bermuda
116	Irish Pensions Trust Limited	Ireland
117	J&H Benefits Plus, Inc.	Philippines
118	J&H Marsh & McLennan Limited	Hong Kong
119	James Wigham Poland International Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
120	Japan Affinity Marketing, Inc.	Japan
121	John B. Collins Associates (UK) Limited	United Kingdom
122	Johnson & Higgins (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
123	Johnson & Higgins Holdings Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
124	Johnson & Higgins Limited	United Kingdom
125	Johnson & Higgins Willis Faber (U.S.A.) Inc.	New York
126	Johnson & Higgins Willis Faber Holdings, Inc.	New York
127	Kessler & Co Inc.	Switzerland
128	Kessler & Co Inc.	Liechtenstein
129	Kessler Consulting Inc.	Switzerland

3

130	Kessler Prevoyance Inc.	Switzerland
131	Law and Business Economics Limited	United Kingdom
132	Lippincott & Margulies, Inc.	New York
133	Llenrup Participaues S.C. Ltda.	Brazil
134	Lynch Insurance Brokers Limited	Barbados
135	M&M Vehicle, L.P.	Delaware
136	M.A.S. 2010 Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
137	M.S. 2010 Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
138	Mangrove Insurance Solutions PCC Limited	Isle of Man
139	Mangrove Insurance Solutions, PCC	District Of Columbia
140	Marsh & McLennan (PNG) Limited	Papua New Guinea
141	Marsh & McLennan Agencies AS	Norway
142	Marsh & McLennan Agencies Ltd.	Hong Kong
143	Marsh & McLennan Agency LLC	Delaware
144	Marsh & McLennan Argentina SA Corredores de Reaseguros	Argentina
145	Marsh & McLennan C&I GP, Inc.	Delaware
146	Marsh & McLennan Companies UK Limited	United Kingdom
147	Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.	Delaware
148	Marsh & McLennan Deutschland GmbH	Germany
149	Marsh & McLennan Global Broking (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
150	Marsh & McLennan GP I, Inc.	Delaware
151	Marsh & McLennan GP II, Inc.	Delaware
152	Marsh & McLennan Holdings Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
153	Marsh & McLennan Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
154	Marsh & McLennan Management Services (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
155	Marsh & McLennan Properties (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
156	Marsh & McLennan Risk Capital Holdings, Ltd.	Delaware
157	Marsh & McLennan Services Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
158	Marsh & McLennan Servicios, S.A. De C.V.	Mexico
159	Marsh & McLennan Sweden AB	Sweden
160	Marsh & McLennan Tech GP II, Inc.	Delaware
161	Marsh & McLennan, Incorporated	Virgin Islands
162	Marsh (Bahrain) Company SPC	Bahrain
163	Marsh (Beijing) Insurance Brokers Co. Ltd.	China
164	Marsh (Beijing) Risk Consulting Co. Ltd.	China
165	Marsh (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
166	Marsh (Insurance Brokers) LLP	Kazakhstan
167	Marsh (Insurance Services) Limited	United Kingdom
168	Marsh (Isle of Man) Limited	Isle of Man
169	Marsh (Middle East) Limited	United Kingdom
170	Marsh (Namibia) (Proprietary) Limited	Namibia
171	Marsh (Proprietary) Limited	Botswana
172	Marsh (Pty) Limited	South Africa
173	Marsh (QLD) Pty Ltd.	Australia
174	Marsh (Risk Consulting) LLP	Kazakhstan

4

175	Marsh (Singapore) Pte Ltd	Singapore
176	Marsh - Insurance Brokers ZAO	Russian Federation
177	Marsh A/S	Denmark
178	Marsh AB	Sweden
179	Marsh Africa (Pty) Limited	South Africa
180	Marsh AG	Switzerland
181	Marsh Argentina S.R.L.	Argentina
182	Marsh AS	Norway
183	Marsh Assistencia e Administracao S/C Ltda.	Brazil
184	Marsh Associates (Proprietary) Ltd	South Africa
185	Marsh Austria G.m.b.H.	Austria
186	Marsh Aviation Insurance Broking Pty Ltd (In liquidation)	Australia
187	Marsh B.V.	Netherlands
188	Marsh Brockman y Schuh Agente de Seguros y de Fianzas, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
189	Marsh Broker de Asigurare-Reasigurare S.R.L.	Romania
190	Marsh Broker Japan, Inc.	Japan
191	Marsh Brokers (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
192	Marsh Brokers (Korea) Limited	Korea, Republic of
193	Marsh Brokers Limited	United Kingdom
194	Marsh Canada Limited/Marsh Canada Limitee	Canada
195	Marsh Commercial Insurance Agencies Pty Ltd.	Australia
196	Marsh Corporate Services (Barbados) Limited	Barbados
197	Marsh Corporate Services Isle of Man Ltd	Isle of Man
198	Marsh Corporate Services Limited	United Kingdom
199	Marsh Corporate Services Malta Limited	Malta
200	Marsh Corredores de Reaseguros Ltda	Chile
201	Marsh Corretora de Seguros Ltda.	Brazil
202	Marsh d.o.o. Beograd	Serbia, Republic of
203	Marsh d.o.o. za posredovanje u osiguranju	Croatia
204	Marsh Egypt LLC	Egypt
205	Marsh Employee Benefits Limited	Ireland
206	Marsh Employee Benefits Zimbabwe (Private) Ltd	Zimbabwe
207	Marsh EOOD	Bulgaria
208	Marsh Eurofinance B.V.	Netherlands
209	Marsh Europe S.A.	Belgium
210	Marsh Executive Benefits International Ltd.	Bermuda
211	Marsh Executive Benefits, Inc.	New York
212	Marsh Finance B.V.	Netherlands
213	Marsh Financial Services Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
214	Marsh For Insurance Services	Egypt
215	Marsh Global Markets Colombia Ltda Corredor de Reaseguro	Colombia
216	Marsh Global Placement S.A.C. Corredores de Reaseguros	Peru
217	Marsh GmbH	Germany
218	Marsh GSC Corretagem e Administração de Seguros Ltda.	Brazil
219	Marsh Holding AB	Sweden
220	Marsh Holdings (Proprietary) Limited	South Africa

5

221	Marsh Holdings B.V.	Netherlands
222	Marsh IAS Management Services (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
223	Marsh Inc.	Delaware
224	Marsh India Insurance Brokers Private Limited	India
225	Marsh INSCO LLC	United Arab Emirates
226	Marsh Insurance & Investments Corp.	Delaware
227	Marsh Insurance and Reinsurance Brokers LLC	Azerbaijan
228	Marsh Insurance Brokers	United Kingdom
229	Marsh Insurance Brokers (Macau) Limited	Macao
230	Marsh Insurance Brokers (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
231	Marsh Insurance Brokers (Private) Limited	Zimbabwe
232	Marsh Insurance Consulting Saudi Arabia	Saudi Arabia
233	Marsh Insurance Services Limited	New Zealand
234	Marsh Intermediaries, Inc.	New York
235	Marsh International Broking Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
236	Marsh International Holdings II, Inc.	Delaware
237	Marsh International Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
238	Marsh Investment B.V.	Netherlands
239	Marsh Investment Services Limited	United Kingdom
240	Marsh Ireland Holdings Limited	Ireland
241	Marsh Israel (1999) Ltd.	Israel
242	Marsh Israel (Holdings) Ltd.	Israel
243	Marsh Israel Consultants Ltd.	Israel
244	Marsh Israel Insurance Agency Ltd.	Israel
245	Marsh Israel International Brokers Ltd.	Israel
246	Marsh Japan, Inc.	Japan
247	Marsh Kft.	Hungary
248	Marsh Kindlustusmaakler AS	Estonia
249	Marsh Korea, Inc.	Korea, Republic of
250	Marsh Life & Pension Oy	Finland
251	Marsh Limited	Fiji
252	Marsh Limited	New Zealand
253	Marsh Limited	United Kingdom
254	Marsh LLC	Ukraine
255	Marsh LLC Insurance Brokers	Greece
256	Marsh Ltd.	Wisconsin
257	Marsh Management Services (Barbados) Limited	Barbados
258	Marsh Management Services (British Virgin Islands) Ltd	Virgin Islands, British
259	Marsh Management Services (Cayman) Ltd.	Cayman Islands
260	Marsh Management Services (Dubai) Limited	United Arab Emirates
261	Marsh Management Services (Dublin) Limited	Ireland
262	Marsh Management Services (Gibraltar) Limited	Gibraltar
263	Marsh Management Services (Labuan) Limited	Malaysia
264	Marsh Management Services (USVI) Ltd.	Virgin Islands

6

265	Marsh Management Services Guernsey Limited	Guernsey
266	Marsh Management Services Inc.	New York
267	Marsh Management Services Isle of Man Limited	Isle of Man
268	Marsh Management Services Jersey Limited	Jersey
269	Marsh Management Services Luxembourg SA	Luxembourg
270	Marsh Management Services Malta Limited	Malta
271	Marsh Management Services Singapore Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
272	Marsh Management Services Sweden AB	Sweden
273	Marsh Marine & Energy AB	Sweden
274	Marsh Mercer Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia
275	Marsh Micronesia, Inc.	Guam
276	Marsh Oman LLC	Oman
277	Marsh Oy	Finland
278	Marsh PB Co., Ltd.	Thailand
279	Marsh Peru S.A. Corredores de Seguros	Peru
280	Marsh Philippines, Inc.	Philippines
281	Marsh Placement Services Hong Kong Ltd.	Hong Kong
282	Marsh Privat, A.I.E.	Spain
283	Marsh Private Client Life Insurance Services	California
284	Marsh Pty. Ltd.	Australia
285	Marsh Qatar LLC	Qatar
286	Marsh Resolutions Pty Limited	Australia
287	Marsh Risk Consulting B.V.	Netherlands
288	Marsh Risk Consulting Limitada	Chile
289	Marsh Risk Consulting Services S.r.L.	Italy
290	Marsh Risk Consulting, S.L.	Spain
291	Marsh Risk Management Private Ltd.	India
292	Marsh S.A.	Belgium
293	Marsh S.A.	France
294	Marsh S.A. Corredores De Seguros	Chile
295	Marsh S.p.A.	Italy
296	Marsh s.r.o.	Czech Republic
297	Marsh s.r.o.	Slovakia
298	Marsh SA	Luxembourg
299	Marsh SA (Argentina)	Argentina
300	Marsh Saldana Inc.	Puerto Rico
301	Marsh Saudi Arabia Insurance & Reinsurance Brokers	Saudi Arabia
302	Marsh Secretarial Services Limited	United Kingdom
303	Marsh Services Limited	United Kingdom
304	Marsh Services Spolka z.o.o.	Poland
305	Marsh SIA	Latvia
306	Marsh Sigorta ve Reasurans Brokerligi A.S.	Turkey
307	Marsh Spolka z.o.o.	Poland
308	Marsh Szolgaltato Kft.	Hungary
309	Marsh Treasury Services (Dublin) Limited	Ireland

7

310	Marsh Treasury Services Limited	United Kingdom
311	Marsh Tunisia S.A.R.L.	Tunisia
312	Marsh UK Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
313	Marsh UK Limited	United Kingdom
314	Marsh USA (India) Inc.	Delaware
315	Marsh USA Borrower LLC	Delaware
316	Marsh USA Inc.	Delaware
317	Marsh Venezuela C.A. Sociedad de Corretaje de Seguros	Venezuela
318	Marsh Vietnam Insurance Broking Company Ltd	Vietnam
319	Marsh, Lda.	Portugal
320	Marsh, S.A. Mediadores de Seguros	Spain
321	Matthiessen Assurans AB	Sweden
322	Matthiessen Reinsurance Ltd AB	Sweden
323	Mearbridge LLC	Delaware
324	Mercer (Argentina) S.A.	Argentina
325	Mercer (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia
326	Mercer (Austria) GmbH	Austria
327	Mercer (Belgium) SA-NV	Belgium
328	Mercer (Canada) Limited/Mercer (Canada) Limitee	Canada
329	Mercer (Colombia) Ltda.	Colombia
330	Mercer (Czech) a.s.	Czech Republic
331	Mercer (Danmark) A/S	Denmark
332	Mercer (Finland) OY	Finland
333	Mercer (France) SAS	France
334	Mercer (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
335	Mercer (Hungary) Kft.	Hungary
336	Mercer (Ireland) Limited	Ireland
337	Mercer (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
338	Mercer (N.Z.) Limited	New Zealand
339	Mercer (Nederland) B.V.	Netherlands
340	Mercer (Norge) AS	Norway
341	Mercer (Polska) Sp.z o.o.	Poland
342	Mercer (Portugal) Lda	Portugal
343	Mercer (Puerto Rico), Inc.	Puerto Rico
344	Mercer (Singapore) Pte Ltd	Singapore
345	Mercer (Sweden) AB	Sweden
346	Mercer (Switzerland) SA	Switzerland
347	Mercer (Taiwan) Ltd.	Taiwan
348	Mercer (Thailand) Ltd.	Thailand
349	Mercer (US) Inc.	Delaware
350	Mercer Agencia de Seguros Ltda.	Colombia
351	Mercer Asesores de Seguros S.A.	Argentina
352	Mercer Benefit Nominees Limited	Australia
353	Mercer Benefit Services Pty Ltd	Australia
354	Mercer Broking Ltd.	Taiwan

8

355	Mercer Certificering B.V.	Netherlands
356	Mercer Consultation (Quebec) Ltee.	Canada
357	Mercer Consulting (Chile) Ltda.	Chile
358	Mercer Consulting (China) Ltd.	China
359	Mercer Consulting (France) SAS	France
360	Mercer Consulting (India) Private Ltd.	India
361	Mercer Consulting Holdings Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
362	Mercer Consulting Limited	United Kingdom
363	Mercer Consulting Middle East Limited	United Arab Emirates
364	Mercer Consulting S.L.	Spain
365	Mercer Consulting Venezuela, C.A.	Venezuela
366	Mercer Corredores de Seguros Ltda.	Chile
367	Mercer Corretora de Seguros Ltda	Brazil
368	Mercer Danismanlik Anonim Sirketi	Turkey
369	Mercer Deutschland GmbH	Germany
370	Mercer Employee Benefits - Mediacao de Seguros, Lda.	Portugal
371	Mercer Employee Benefits Limited	United Kingdom
372	Mercer Employee Benefits OY	Finland
373	Mercer Financial Services Limited	Ireland
374	Mercer Financial Services Middle East Limited	United Arab Emirates
375	Mercer Global Investments Canada Limited	Canada
376	Mercer Global Investments Europe Limited	Ireland
377	Mercer Global Investments Management Limited	Ireland
378	Mercer Global Investments, Inc.	Delaware
379	Mercer Health & Benefits Administration LLC	Delaware
380	Mercer Health & Benefits LLC	Delaware
381	Mercer Holdings, Inc.	Philippines
382	Mercer Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
383	Mercer HR Consulting Borrower LLC	Delaware
384	Mercer HR Services, LLC	Delaware
385	Mercer Human Resource Consulting (NZ) Limited	New Zealand
386	Mercer Human Resource Consulting Ltda	Brazil
387	Mercer Human Resource Consulting S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
388	Mercer Inc.	Delaware
389	Mercer India Private Limited	India
390	Mercer Investment Consulting Limited	Ireland
391	Mercer Investment Consulting Limited	Hong Kong
392	Mercer Investment Consulting, Inc.	Kentucky
393	Mercer Investment Nominees (NZ) Limited	New Zealand
394	Mercer Investment Nominees Limited	Australia
395	Mercer Ireland Holdings Limited	Ireland
396	Mercer Italia Srl	Italy
397	Mercer Japan Ltd	Japan
398	Mercer Korea Co. Ltd.	Korea, Republic of
399	Mercer Limited	United Kingdom

9

400	Mercer LLC	Delaware
401	Mercer Management Consulting Holding GmbH	Germany
402	Mercer Master Trustees Limited	Ireland
403	Mercer Mauritius Ltd.	Mauritius
404	Mercer MC Consulting Borrower LLC	Delaware
405	Mercer ME Benefits Valuation Services LLC	Delaware
406	Mercer Pensionsraadgivning A/S	Denmark
407	Mercer Philippines, Inc.	Philippines
408	Mercer PS Benefits Valuation Services LLC	Delaware
409	Mercer Sigorta Brokerligi Anonim Sirketi	Turkey
410	Mercer Treuhand GmbH	Germany
411	Mercer Trust Company	New Hampshire
412	Mercer Trustees Limited	Ireland
413	Mercer Trustees Limited	United Kingdom
414	Mercer Wealth Solutions Limited	New Zealand
415	Mercer Zainal Consulting Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
416	Mercury Insurance Services Pty Ltd	Australia
417	MM Risk Services Pty Ltd (In liquidation)	Australia
418	MMA Mid-Atlantic Employee LLC	Delaware
419	MMC 28 State Street Holdings Inc.	Delaware
420	MMC Borrower LLC	Delaware
421	MMC Capital, Inc.	Delaware
422	MMC Consulting OOO	Russian Federation
423	MMC France S.A.	France
424	MMC GP III, Inc.	Delaware
425	MMC Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
426	MMC International Limited	United Kingdom
427	MMC International Treasury Centre Limited	United Kingdom
428	MMC Realty, Inc.	New York
429	MMC Securities (Europe) Limited	United Kingdom
430	MMC Securities Corp.	Delaware
431	MMC UK Group Limited	United Kingdom
432	MMC UK Pension Fund Trustee Limited	United Kingdom
433	MMOW Limited	United Kingdom
434	MMRC LLC	Delaware
435	MMRCH LLC	Delaware
436	MMSC Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
437	MOW Holding LLC	Delaware
438	MRC Marsh Risk Consulting GmbH	Germany
439	Muir Beddal (Zimbabwe) Limited	Zimbabwe
440	National Economic Research Associates KK	Japan
441	National Economic Research Associates, Inc.	California
442	National Economic Research Associates, Inc.	Delaware
443	NERA Australia Pty. Ltd.	Australia
444	NERA do Brasil Ltda.	Brazil

10

445	NERA Economic Consulting GmbH	Germany
446	NERA Economic Consulting Limited	New Zealand
447	NERA S.R.L.	Italy
448	NERA SAS	France
449	NERA UK Limited	United Kingdom
450	Neuburger Noble Lowndes GmbH	Germany
451	NIA Securities, LLC	New Jersey
452	Normandy Reinsurance Company Limited	Bermuda
453	Nui Marsh (PNG) Limited	Papua New Guinea
454	O.R.C. Canada Inc.	Canada
455	Oliver Wyman (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
456	Oliver Wyman AB	Sweden
457	Oliver Wyman Actuarial Consulting, Inc.	Delaware
458	Oliver Wyman AG	Switzerland
459	Oliver Wyman B.V.	Netherlands
460	Oliver Wyman Consulting GmbH	Germany
461	Oliver Wyman Consulting Limited	United Kingdom
462	Oliver Wyman Consultoria em Estrategia de Negocios Ltda.	Brazil
463	Oliver Wyman Corporate Risk Consulting, Inc.	Delaware
464	Oliver Wyman Delta Limited	United Kingdom
465	Oliver Wyman Delta SAS	France
466	Oliver Wyman FZ-LLC	United Arab Emirates
467	Oliver Wyman Germany GmbH	Germany
468	Oliver Wyman GmbH	Germany
469	Oliver Wyman Leadership Development Limited	United Kingdom
470	Oliver Wyman Limited	United Kingdom
471	Oliver Wyman LLC	Delaware
472	Oliver Wyman Ltd.	Korea, Republic of
473	Oliver Wyman Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
474	Oliver Wyman Pty. Ltd.	Australia
475	Oliver Wyman S.L.	Spain
476	Oliver Wyman S.r.l.	Italy
477	Oliver Wyman Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico
478	Oliver Wyman SNC	France
479	Oliver Wyman, Inc.	Delaware
480	Oliver Wyman, Leadership Development Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
481	Oliver Wyman, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico
482	Oliver, Wyman Corporate Risk Consulting Limited/Oliver, Wyman Consultation en risques des entreprises limitee	Canada
483	Oliver, Wyman Limited/Oliver, Wyman limitee	Canada
484	Omega Indemnity (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
485	Organizacion Brockman y Schuh S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
486	Organization Resources Counselors Limited	United Kingdom
487	Organization Resources Counselors Worldwide GmbH	Germany
488	Pallas Marsh Corretagem de Seguros Ltda.	Brazil
489	Pension Trustees Limited	United Kingdom

11

490	Pensionsservice Benefit Network Sverige AB	Sweden
491	PFT Limited	United Kingdom
492	PI Indemnity Company, Limited	Ireland
493	Potomac Insurance Managers, Inc.	Delaware
494	Prentis Donegan & Partners (Holdings) Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
495	Prentis Donegan & Partners Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
496	PT Cipta Rajasa Gemilang (CRG)	Indonesia
497	PT Marsh Indonesia	Indonesia
498	PT Mercer Indonesia	Indonesia
499	PT Quantum Computing Services	Indonesia
500	PT Quantum Investments	Indonesia
501	PT Quantum Support Services	Indonesia
502	R R B Beratungsgesellschaft fuer Altersversorgung mbh	Germany
503	R. Mees & Zoonen Holdings B.V.	Netherlands
504	Rattner Mackenzie Limited	United Kingdom
505	Reclaim Consulting Services Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
506	Resource Benefit Associates	Nigeria
507	Richard Sparrow and Company Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
508	Rivers Group Limited	United Kingdom
509	Rockefeller Risk Advisors, Inc.	New York
510	Rutherfoord Financial Services, Inc.	Virginia
511	Rutherfoord International, Inc.	Virginia
512	SABB Insurance Services Limited	Saudi Arabia
513	SAFCAR-Marsh	Mali
514	SCIB (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
515	Seabury & Smith Borrower LLC	Delaware
516	Seabury & Smith, Inc.	Delaware
517	Second Opinion Insurance Services	California
518	SEDFEMA Insurance Brokers, Inc.	Philippines
519	Sedgwick (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
520	Sedgwick (Deutschland) GmbH	Germany
521	Sedgwick (Holdings) Pty. Limited	Australia
522	Sedgwick Aviation Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
523	Sedgwick Bergvall Inc.	Florida
524	Sedgwick Brimex (Guernsey) Limited (in liquidation)	Guernsey
525	Sedgwick Consulting Group Limited	United Kingdom
526	Sedgwick Dineen Group Limited	Ireland
527	Sedgwick Far East Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
528	Sedgwick Financial Services Limited	United Kingdom
529	Sedgwick Forbes Middle East Limited	Jersey
530	Sedgwick Group (Australia) Pty. Limited	Australia
531	Sedgwick Group (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
532	Sedgwick Group (Zimbabwe) Limited	Zimbabwe
533	Sedgwick Group Limited	United Kingdom
534	Sedgwick Holdings (Private) Limited	Zimbabwe

12

535	Sedgwick Hung Kai Insurance & Risk Management Consultants Limited	Hong Kong
536	Sedgwick Internationaal B.V.	Netherlands
537	Sedgwick International Marketing Services Inc.	Delaware
538	Sedgwick Limited	United Kingdom
539	Sedgwick Management Services (Barbados) Limited	Barbados
540	Sedgwick Management Services (Bermuda) Limited	Bermuda
541	Sedgwick Management Services (London) Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
542	Sedgwick Management Services (Singapore) Pte Limited	Singapore
543	Sedgwick Noble Lowndes (UK) Limited	United Kingdom
544	Sedgwick Noble Lowndes Group Limited	United Kingdom
545	Sedgwick Noble Lowndes Limited	United Kingdom
546	Sedgwick Noble Lowndes Limited	Hong Kong
547	Sedgwick Overseas Investments Limited	United Kingdom
548	Sedgwick Pte Ltd	Singapore
549	Sedgwick Re Asia Pacific (Consultants) Private Limited	Singapore
550	Sedgwick Re Asia Pacific Pty Limited	Australia
551	Sedgwick Trustees Limited	United Kingdom
552	Sedgwick UK Risk Services Limited	United Kingdom
553	Sedgwick Ulster Pension Trustees Limited	United Kingdom
554	Sedgwick, Inc.	New York
555	Settlement Trustees Limited	United Kingdom
556	Shanghai Mercer Insurance Broking Company	China
557	SICAR Marsh SARL	Burkina Faso
558	Societe d’Assurances et de Participations Guian S.A.	France
559	Southern Marine & Aviation Underwriters, Inc.	Louisiana
560	Southern Marine & Aviation, Inc.	Louisiana
561	Sudzucker Versicherungs-Vermittlungs GmbH	Germany
562	T.M.G. 2010 Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
563	The Bostonian Group Insurance Agency, Inc.	Massachusetts
564	The Carpenter Management Corporation	Delaware
565	The Schinnerer Group, Inc.	Delaware
566	Tobelan S.A.	Uruguay
567	Tower Hill Limited	United Kingdom
568	Tower Place Developments (West) Limited	United Kingdom
569	Tower Place Developments Limited	United Kingdom
570	Triad Underwriting Management Agency, Inc.	Delaware
571	U.T.E. AMG	Spain
572	U.T.E. Marsh - Aon Gil y Carvajal (in liquidation)	Spain
573	U.T.E. Marsh - Caja Castilla La Mancha Junta de Comunidades	Spain
574	U.T.E. Marsh - CCM Brokers	Spain
575	U.T.E. Marsh - CCM JCCM	Spain
576	U.T.E. Marsh - CCM SESCAM	Spain
577	U.T.E. Marsh - Chang (in liquidation)	Spain
578	U.T.E. Marsh - Disbrok Diputacion (in liquidation)	Spain
579	U.T.E. Marsh - Disbrok Diputacion de Badajoz	Spain

13

580	U.T.E. Marsh - Disbrok Junta 2006	Spain
581	U.T.E. Marsh - Efir Gestion	Spain
582	U.T.E. Marsh - Salvado Reus	Spain
583	U.T.E. Marsh - Salvado Vila-Seca 2010	Spain
584	U.T.E. Marsh - Verssa	Spain
585	U.T.E. Marsh - Zihurko (in liquidation)	Spain
586	UABDB Marsh Lietuva	Lithuania
587	Ulster Insurance Services Limited (in liquidation)	United Kingdom
588	Uniservice Insurance Company Limited	Bermuda
589	Unison Management (Bermuda) Ltd.	Bermuda
590	Universal Ray S.A.	Uruguay
591	Victor O. Schinnerer & Co. (Bermuda), Ltd.	Bermuda
592	Victor O. Schinnerer & Company Limited	United Kingdom
593	Victor O. Schinnerer & Company, Inc.	Delaware
594	Victoria Hall Company Limited	Bermuda
595	Wigham Poland Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
596	William M. Mercer (Canada) Limited/William M. Mercer (Canada) Limitee	Canada
597	William M. Mercer AB	Sweden
598	William M. Mercer Comercio Consultoria e Servicos Ltda.	Brazil
599	Winchester Bowring Limited (In liquidation)	United Kingdom
600	Yokogawa Organization Resources Counselors Corporations	Japan

14

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the previously filed Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Registration File Nos. 2-58660, 33-32880, 33-48803, 33-44804, 33-48807, 33-54349, 33-59603, 33-63389, 333-35741, 333-35739, 333-29627, 333-41828, 333-41830, 333-41832, 333-69774, 333-69776, 333-69778, 333-107195, 333-127637, and 333-146400), Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration File Nos. 333-67543, 333-108566, 333-136820 and 333-161797), and in Registration Statements on Form S-4 (Registration File Nos. 33-24124, 333-155571 and 333-163405) of our reports dated February 25, 2011, relating to the financial statements of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2010.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 25, 2011

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Brian Duperreault, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2011	/s/ BRIAN DUPERREAULT
	Brian Duperreault
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Vanessa A. Wittman, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2011	/S/ VANESSA A. WITTMAN
	Vanessa A. Wittman
	Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

Exhibit 32

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

Brian Duperreault, the President and Chief Executive Officer, and Vanessa A. Wittman, the Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. each certifies that, to the best of his or her knowledge:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.

Date: February 25, 2011	/S/    BRIAN DUPERREAULT
	Brian Duperreault
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 25, 2011	/S/    VANESSA A. WITTMAN
	Vanessa A. Wittman
	Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer